SemaDecl.cpp revision d8bba9c15230d2b1b3893e272106aa79efc50251
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 291 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 292 false, CTC_Type)) { 293 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 294 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 295 296 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 297 // We corrected to a keyword. 298 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 301 return true; 302 } else { 303 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 304 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 305 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 306 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 307 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 308 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 309 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 310 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 311 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 312 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 313 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 314 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 315 else 316 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 317 318 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 319 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 320 321 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 322 false, false, ParsedType(), 323 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 } 328 329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 330 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 331 UnqualifiedId Name; 332 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 333 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 334 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 337 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 338 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 339 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 340 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 341 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 342 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 343 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 344 } 345 return true; 346 } 347 } 348 349 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 350 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 351 352 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 353 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 354 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 355 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 356 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 357 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 358 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 359 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 360 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 361 362 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 363 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 364 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 365 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 366 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 367 } else { 368 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 369 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 370 } 371 372 return true; 373} 374 375/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 376/// or 377static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 378 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 379 NextToken.is(tok::less); 380 381 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 382 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 383 return true; 384 385 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 386 return true; 387 } 388 389 return false; 390} 391 392Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 393 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 394 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 395 SourceLocation NameLoc, 396 const Token &NextToken) { 397 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 398 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 399 400 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 401 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 402 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 403 404 } 405 406 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 407 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 408 409 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 410 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 411 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 412 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 413 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 414 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 415 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 416 return E; 417 418 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 419 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 420 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 421 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 422 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 423 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 424 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 425 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 426 } 427 428 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 429 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 430 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 431 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 432 return E; 433 } 434 } 435 } 436 437 bool SecondTry = false; 438 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 439 440Corrected: 441 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 442 case LookupResult::NotFound: 443 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 444 // call. 445 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 446 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 447 // FIXME: Reference? 448 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 449 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 450 451 // C90 6.3.2.2: 452 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 453 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 454 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 455 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 456 // the function call, the declaration 457 // 458 // extern int identifier (); 459 // 460 // appeared. 461 // 462 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 463 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 464 Result.addDecl(D); 465 Result.resolveKind(); 466 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 467 } 468 } 469 470 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 471 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 472 // "struct", or "union". 473 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 474 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 475 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 476 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 477 const char *TagName = 0; 478 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 479 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 480 case TTK_Class: 481 TagName = "class"; 482 FixItTagName = "class "; 483 break; 484 485 case TTK_Enum: 486 TagName = "enum"; 487 FixItTagName = "enum "; 488 break; 489 490 case TTK_Struct: 491 TagName = "struct"; 492 FixItTagName = "struct "; 493 break; 494 495 case TTK_Union: 496 TagName = "union"; 497 FixItTagName = "union "; 498 break; 499 } 500 501 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 502 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 503 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 504 break; 505 } 506 507 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 508 } 509 510 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 511 // close to this name. 512 if (!SecondTry) { 513 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 514 Result.getLookupKind(), S, &SS)) { 515 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 516 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 517 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 518 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 519 520 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 521 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 522 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 523 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 524 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 525 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 526 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 527 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 528 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 529 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 530 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 531 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 532 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 533 } 534 535 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 536 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), SourceRange(NameLoc)); 537 538 if (SS.isEmpty()) 539 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 540 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 541 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 542 else 543 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 544 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 545 << SS.getRange() 546 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 547 548 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 549 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 550 551 // Also update the LookupResult... 552 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 553 Result.clear(); 554 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 555 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 556 557 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 558 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 559 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 560 561 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 562 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 563 564 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 565 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 566 // reference the ivar. 567 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 568 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 569 Result.clear(); 570 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 571 return move(E); 572 } 573 574 goto Corrected; 575 } 576 } 577 578 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 579 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 580 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 581 582 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 583 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 584 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 585 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 586 587 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 588 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 589 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 590 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 591 // qualified by the keyword typename. 592 // 593 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 594 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 595 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 596 // keyword here. 597 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 598 599 case LookupResult::Found: 600 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 601 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 602 break; 603 604 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 605 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 606 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 607 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 608 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 609 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 610 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 611 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 612 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 613 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 614 // ambiguous. 615 // 616 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 617 // so try again after filtering out template names. 618 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 619 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 620 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 621 break; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 626 return NameClassification::Error(); 627 } 628 629 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 630 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 631 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 632 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 633 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 634 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 635 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 636 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 637 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 638 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 639 640 if (!Result.empty()) { 641 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 642 TemplateName Template; 643 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 644 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 645 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 646 Result.end()); 647 } else { 648 TemplateDecl *TD 649 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 650 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 651 652 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 653 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 654 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 655 TD); 656 else 657 Template = TemplateName(TD); 658 } 659 660 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 661 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 662 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 663 // to based on which function we selected. 664 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 665 666 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 667 } 668 669 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 670 } 671 } 672 673 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 674 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 675 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 676 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 677 return ParsedType::make(T); 678 } 679 680 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 681 if (!Class) { 682 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 683 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 684 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 685 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 686 } 687 688 if (Class) { 689 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 690 691 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 692 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 693 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 694 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 695 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 696 } 697 698 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 699 return ParsedType::make(T); 700 } 701 702 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 703 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 704 705 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 706 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 707} 708 709// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 710// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 711// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 712DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 713 714 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 715 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 716 // the context we'll need to return to. 717 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 718 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 719 720 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 721 // lexical context. 722 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 723 return DC; 724 725 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 726 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 727 // class is the context we need to return to. 728 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 729 DC = RD; 730 731 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 732 // declared in. 733 return DC; 734 } 735 736 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 737 // of the class. 738 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 739 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 740 741 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 742} 743 744void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 745 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 746 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 747 CurContext = DC; 748 S->setEntity(DC); 749} 750 751void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 752 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 753 754 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 755 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 756} 757 758/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 759/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 760/// 761void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 762 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 763 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 764 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 765 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 766 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 767 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 768 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 769 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 770 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 771 // namespace. 772 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 773 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 774 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 775 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 776 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 777 778 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 779 780#ifndef NDEBUG 781 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 782 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 783 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 784#endif 785 786 CurContext = DC; 787 S->setEntity(DC); 788} 789 790void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 791 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 792 793 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 794 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 795 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 796 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 797 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 798 799 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 800 // disappear. 801} 802 803/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 804/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 805/// 806/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 807/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 808/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 809/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 810/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 811/// attribute. 812static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 813 ASTContext &Context) { 814 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 815 return true; 816 817 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 818 return true; 819 820 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 821 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 822} 823 824/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 825void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 826 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 827 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 828 // scope. 829 while (S->getEntity() && 830 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 831 S = S->getParent(); 832 833 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 834 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 835 // into any context. 836 if (AddToContext) 837 CurContext->addDecl(D); 838 839 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 840 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 841 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 842 D->isOutOfLine()) 843 return; 844 845 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 846 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 847 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 848 return; 849 850 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 851 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 852 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 853 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 854 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 855 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 856 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 857 858 // Should only need to replace one decl. 859 break; 860 } 861 } 862 863 S->AddDecl(D); 864 865 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 866 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 867 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 868 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 869 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 870 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 871 if (IDC == CurContext) { 872 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 873 continue; 874 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 875 break; 876 } 877 878 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 879 } else { 880 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 881 } 882} 883 884bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 885 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 886 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 887 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 888} 889 890Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 891 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 892 do { 893 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 894 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 895 return S; 896 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 897 898 return 0; 899} 900 901static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 902 DeclContext*, 903 ASTContext&); 904 905/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 906/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 907void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 908 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 909 bool ConsiderLinkage, 910 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 911 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 912 while (F.hasNext()) { 913 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 914 915 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 916 continue; 917 918 if (ConsiderLinkage && 919 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 920 continue; 921 922 F.erase(); 923 } 924 925 F.done(); 926} 927 928static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 929 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 930 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 931 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 932} 933 934/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 935static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 936 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 937 while (F.hasNext()) 938 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 939 F.erase(); 940 941 F.done(); 942} 943 944/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 945/// @code 946/// class S { 947/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 948/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 949/// }; 950/// @endcode 951static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 952 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 953 // the decl here. 954 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 955 return false; 956 957 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 958 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 959 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 960 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 961 return false; 962} 963 964bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 965 assert(D); 966 967 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 968 return false; 969 970 // Ignore class templates. 971 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 972 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 973 return false; 974 975 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 976 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 977 return false; 978 979 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 980 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 981 return false; 982 } else { 983 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 984 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 985 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 986 return false; 987 } 988 989 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 990 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 991 return false; 992 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 993 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 994 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 995 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 996 return false; 997 998 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 999 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1000 return false; 1001 1002 } else { 1003 return false; 1004 } 1005 1006 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1007 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1008 return false; 1009 1010 return true; 1011} 1012 1013void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1014 if (!D) 1015 return; 1016 1017 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1018 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1019 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1020 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1021 } 1022 1023 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1024 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1025 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1026 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1027 } 1028 1029 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1030 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1031 } 1032 1033static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1034 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1035 return false; 1036 1037 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1038 return false; 1039 1040 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1041 return true; 1042 1043 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1044 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1045 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1046 return false; 1047 1048 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1049 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1050 1051 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1052 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1053 1054 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1055 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1056 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1057 return false; 1058 } 1059 1060 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1061 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1062 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1063 return false; 1064 1065 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1066 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1067 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1068 return false; 1069 1070 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1071 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1072 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1073 // has no side effects. 1074 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1075 return false; 1076 } 1077 } 1078 1079 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1080 } 1081 1082 return true; 1083} 1084 1085/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1086/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1087void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1088 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1089 return; 1090 1091 unsigned DiagID; 1092 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1093 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1094 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1095 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1096 else 1097 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1098 1099 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1100} 1101 1102static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1103 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1104 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1105 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1106 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1107 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1108} 1109 1110void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1111 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1112 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1113 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1114 1115 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1116 I != E; ++I) { 1117 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1118 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1119 1120 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1121 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1122 1123 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1124 1125 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1126 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1127 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1128 1129 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1130 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1131 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1132 1133 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1134 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1135 } 1136} 1137 1138/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1139/// 1140/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1141/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1142/// to the fixed name. 1143/// 1144/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1145/// 1146/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1147/// if there is no class with the given name. 1148/// 1149/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1150/// class could not be found. 1151ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1152 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1153 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1154 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1155 // creation from this context. 1156 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1157 1158 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1159 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1160 // find an Objective-C class name. 1161 TypoCorrection C; 1162 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1163 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1164 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1165 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1166 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1167 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1168 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1169 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1170 1171 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1172 } 1173 } 1174 1175 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1176} 1177 1178/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1179/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1180/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1181/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1182/// ill-formed in C++: 1183/// @code 1184/// struct S6 { 1185/// enum { BAR } e; 1186/// }; 1187/// 1188/// void test_S6() { 1189/// struct S6 a; 1190/// a.e = BAR; 1191/// } 1192/// @endcode 1193/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1194/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1195/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1196/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1197/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1198/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1199/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1200/// contain non-field names. 1201Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1202 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1203 (S->getEntity() && 1204 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1205 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1206 S = S->getParent(); 1207 return S; 1208} 1209 1210/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1211/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1212/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1213/// built-in. 1214NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1215 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1216 SourceLocation Loc) { 1217 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1218 1219 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1220 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1221 switch (Error) { 1222 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1223 // Okay 1224 break; 1225 1226 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1227 if (ForRedeclaration) 1228 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1229 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1230 return 0; 1231 1232 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1233 if (ForRedeclaration) 1234 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1235 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1236 return 0; 1237 } 1238 1239 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1240 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1241 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1242 << R; 1243 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1244 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1245 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1246 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1247 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1248 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1249 } 1250 1251 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1252 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1253 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1254 SC_Extern, 1255 SC_None, false, 1256 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1257 New->setImplicit(); 1258 1259 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1260 // FunctionDecl. 1261 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1262 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1264 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1265 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1266 SourceLocation(), 0, 1267 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1268 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1269 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1270 Params.push_back(parm); 1271 } 1272 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1273 } 1274 1275 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1276 1277 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1278 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1279 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1280 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1281 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1282 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1283 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1284 CurContext = SavedContext; 1285 return New; 1286} 1287 1288/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1289/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1290/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1291/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1292/// 1293void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1294 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1295 // merging checks. 1296 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1297 1298 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1299 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1300 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1301 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1302 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1303 default: break; 1304 case 2: 1305 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1306 break; 1307 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1308 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1309 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1310 return; 1311 case 5: 1312 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1313 break; 1314 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1315 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1316 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1317 return; 1318 case 3: 1319 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1320 break; 1321 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1322 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1323 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1324 return; 1325 case 8: 1326 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1327 break; 1328 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1329 return; 1330 } 1331 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1332 } 1333 1334 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1335 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1336 if (!Old) { 1337 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1338 << New->getDeclName(); 1339 1340 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1341 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1342 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1343 1344 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1345 } 1346 1347 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1348 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1349 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1350 1351 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1352 QualType OldType; 1353 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1354 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1355 else 1356 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1357 1358 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1359 // with any extensions enabled. 1360 1361 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1362 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1363 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1364 int Kind = 0; 1365 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1366 Kind = 1; 1367 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1368 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1369 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1370 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1371 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1372 } 1373 1374 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1375 // declaration was a typedef. 1376 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1377 // spellings don't match exactly. 1378 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1379 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1380 1381 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1382 return; 1383 1384 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1385 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1386 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1387 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1388 // to the type to which it already refers. 1389 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1390 return; 1391 1392 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1393 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1394 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1395 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1396 // 1397 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1398 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1399 // 1400 // struct S { 1401 // typedef struct A { } A; 1402 // }; 1403 // 1404 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1405 // allow the above but disallow 1406 // 1407 // struct S { 1408 // typedef int I; 1409 // typedef int I; 1410 // }; 1411 // 1412 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1413 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1414 return; 1415 1416 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1417 << New->getDeclName(); 1418 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1419 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1420 } 1421 1422 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1423 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1424 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1425 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1426 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1427 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1428 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1429 return; 1430 1431 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1432 << New->getDeclName(); 1433 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1434 return; 1435} 1436 1437/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1438/// attribute. 1439static bool 1440DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1441 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1442 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1443 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1444 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1445 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1446 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1447 return true; 1448 } 1449 1450 return false; 1451} 1452 1453/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1454static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1455 ASTContext &C) { 1456 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1457 return; 1458 1459 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1460 1461 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1462 // we process them. 1463 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1464 1465 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1466 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1467 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1468 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1469 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1470 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1471 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1472 foundAny = true; 1473 } 1474 } 1475 1476 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1477} 1478 1479/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1480/// to the new one. 1481static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1482 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1483 ASTContext &C) { 1484 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1485 return; 1486 1487 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1488 1489 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1490 // done before we process them. 1491 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1492 1493 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1494 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1495 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1496 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1497 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1498 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1499 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1500 foundAny = true; 1501 } 1502 } 1503 1504 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1505} 1506 1507namespace { 1508 1509/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1510/// C. 1511struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1512 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1513 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1514 QualType PromotedType; 1515}; 1516 1517} 1518 1519/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1520Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1521 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1522 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1523 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1524 1525 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1526 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1527 1528 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1529 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1530 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1531 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1532 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1533 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1534 } 1535 1536 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1537} 1538 1539/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1540/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1541/// GNU89 mode. 1542static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1543 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1544 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1545 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1546 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1547 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1548} 1549 1550/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1551/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1552/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1553/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1554/// 1555/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1556/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1557/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1558/// merged with. 1559/// 1560/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1561bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1562 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1563 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1564 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1565 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1566 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1567 else 1568 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1569 if (!Old) { 1570 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1572 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1573 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1574 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1575 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1576 return true; 1577 } 1578 1579 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1580 << New->getDeclName(); 1581 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1582 return true; 1583 } 1584 1585 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1586 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1587 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1588 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1589 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1590 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1591 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1592 else 1593 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1594 1595 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1596 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1597 1598 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1599 // is an extern inline function. 1600 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1601 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1602 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1603 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1604 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1606 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1607 } else { 1608 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1609 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1610 return true; 1611 } 1612 } 1613 1614 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1615 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1616 // calling convention of the first. 1617 // 1618 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1619 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1620 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1621 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1622 // because it is the default calling convention. 1623 // 1624 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1625 // other tests to run. 1626 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1627 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1628 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1629 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1630 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1631 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1632 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1633 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1634 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1635 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1636 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1637 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1638 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1639 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1640 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1641 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1642 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1643 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1644 return true; 1645 } 1646 1647 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1648 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1649 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1650 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1651 } 1652 1653 // Merge regparm attribute. 1654 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1655 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1656 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1657 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1658 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1659 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1660 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1661 return true; 1662 } 1663 1664 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1665 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1666 } 1667 1668 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1669 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1670 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1671 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1672 } 1673 1674 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1675 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1676 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1677 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1678 // cannot be overloaded. 1679 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1680 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1681 QualType ResQT; 1682 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1683 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1684 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1685 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1686 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1687 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1688 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1689 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1690 else 1691 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1692 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1693 return true; 1694 } 1695 else 1696 NewQType = ResQT; 1697 } 1698 1699 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1700 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1701 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1702 // Preserve triviality. 1703 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1704 1705 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1706 1707 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1708 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1709 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1710 // is a static member function declaration. 1711 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1713 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1714 return true; 1715 } 1716 1717 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1718 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1719 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1720 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1721 unsigned NewDiag; 1722 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1723 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1724 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1725 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1726 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1727 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1728 else 1729 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1730 1731 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1732 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1733 1734 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1735 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1736 // 1737 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1738 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1739 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1740 if (isFriend) { 1741 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1742 } else { 1743 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1744 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1745 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1746 return true; 1747 } 1748 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1749 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1750 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1751 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1752 return true; 1753 } 1754 } 1755 1756 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1757 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1758 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1759 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1760 1761 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1762 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1763 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1764 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1765 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1766 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1767 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1768 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1769 } 1770 1771 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1772 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1773 1774 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1775 } 1776 1777 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1778 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1779 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1780 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1781 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1782 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1783 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1784 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1785 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1786 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1787 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1788 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1789 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1790 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1791 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1792 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1793 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1794 New->setType(NewQType); 1795 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1796 1797 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1798 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1799 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1800 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1801 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1802 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1803 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1804 SourceLocation(), 1805 SourceLocation(), 0, 1806 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1807 SC_None, SC_None, 1808 0); 1809 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1810 Param->setImplicit(); 1811 Params.push_back(Param); 1812 } 1813 1814 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1815 } 1816 1817 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1818 } 1819 1820 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1821 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1822 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1823 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1824 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1825 // the prototype. 1826 // 1827 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1828 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1829 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1830 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1831 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1832 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1833 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1834 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1835 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1836 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1837 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1838 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1839 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1840 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1841 1842 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1843 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1844 NewProto->getResultType()); 1845 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1846 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1847 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1848 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1849 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1850 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1851 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1852 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1853 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1854 NewParm->getType(), 1855 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1856 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1857 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1858 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1859 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1860 } else 1861 LooseCompatible = false; 1862 } 1863 1864 if (LooseCompatible) { 1865 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1866 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1867 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1868 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1869 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1870 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1871 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1872 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1873 } 1874 1875 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1876 ArgTypes.size(), 1877 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1878 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1879 } 1880 1881 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1882 } 1883 1884 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1885 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1886 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1887 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1888 // signature. 1889 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1890 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1891 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1892 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1893 // library built-in. 1894 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1895 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1896 << Old << Old->getType(); 1897 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1898 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1899 return false; 1900 } 1901 1902 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1903 } 1904 1905 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1906 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1907 return true; 1908} 1909 1910/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1911/// known to be compatible. 1912/// 1913/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1914/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1915/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1916/// redeclaration of Old. 1917/// 1918/// \returns false 1919bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1920 // Merge the attributes 1921 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1922 1923 // Merge the storage class. 1924 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1925 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1926 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1927 1928 // Merge "pure" flag. 1929 if (Old->isPure()) 1930 New->setPure(); 1931 1932 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1933 // declarations. 1934 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1935 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1936 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1937 Context); 1938 1939 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1940 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1941 1942 return false; 1943} 1944 1945 1946void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1947 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1948 // Merge the attributes. 1949 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1950 1951 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1952 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1953 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1954 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1955 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1956 1957 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 1958} 1959 1960/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1961/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1962/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1963/// 1964/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1965/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1966/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1967/// 1968void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1969 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1970 return; 1971 1972 QualType MergedT; 1973 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1974 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1975 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1976 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1977 return; 1978 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1979 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1980 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1981 } 1982 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1983 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1984 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1985 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1986 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1987 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1988 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1989 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1990 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1991 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1992 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1993 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1994 MergedT = New->getType(); 1995 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1996 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1997 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1998 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1999 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2000 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2001 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2002 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2003 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2004 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2005 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2006 Old->getType()); 2007 } 2008 } else { 2009 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2010 } 2011 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2012 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2013 << New->getDeclName(); 2014 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2015 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2016 } 2017 New->setType(MergedT); 2018} 2019 2020/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2021/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2022/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2023/// 2024/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2025/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2026/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2027/// 2028void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2029 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2030 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2031 return; 2032 2033 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2034 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2035 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2036 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2037 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2038 << New->getDeclName(); 2039 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2040 diag::note_previous_definition); 2041 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2042 } 2043 2044 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2045 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2046 // 2047 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2048 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2049 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2050 << New->getIdentifier(); 2051 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2052 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2053 } 2054 2055 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2056 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent declaration 2057 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2058 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2059 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2060 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2061 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2062 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2063 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2064 } 2065 2066 // Merge the types. 2067 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2068 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2069 return; 2070 2071 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2072 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2073 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2075 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2076 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2077 } 2078 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2079 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2080 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2081 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2082 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2083 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2084 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2085 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2086 // identifier has external linkage. 2087 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2088 /* Okay */; 2089 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2090 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2091 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2092 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2093 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2094 } 2095 2096 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2097 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2098 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2099 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2100 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2101 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2102 } 2103 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2104 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2105 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2106 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2107 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2108 } 2109 2110 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2111 2112 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2113 // need to check for mismatches. 2114 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2115 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2116 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2117 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2118 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2119 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2120 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2121 } 2122 2123 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2124 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2125 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2126 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2127 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2129 } 2130 2131 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2132 const VarDecl *Def; 2133 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2134 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2135 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2136 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2137 << New->getDeclName(); 2138 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2139 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2140 return; 2141 } 2142 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2143 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2144 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2145 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2146 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2147 // specified at the prior declaration. 2148 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2149 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2150 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2151 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2152 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2153 2154 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2155 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2156 2157 // Inherit access appropriately. 2158 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2159} 2160 2161/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2162/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2163Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2164 DeclSpec &DS) { 2165 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2166 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2167} 2168 2169/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2170/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2171/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2172Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2173 DeclSpec &DS, 2174 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2175 Decl *TagD = 0; 2176 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2177 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2178 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2179 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2180 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2181 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2182 2183 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2184 return 0; 2185 2186 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2187 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2188 // it's a Type. 2189 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2190 } 2191 2192 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2193 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2194 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2195 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2196 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2197 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2198 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2199 } 2200 2201 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2202 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2203 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2204 if (TagD && !Tag) 2205 return 0; 2206 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2207 } 2208 2209 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2210 // declarators. 2211 bool emittedWarning = false; 2212 2213 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2214 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2215 2216 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2217 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2218 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2219 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2220 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2221 2222 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2223 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2224 emittedWarning = true; 2225 } 2226 } 2227 2228 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2229 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2230 CurContext->isRecord() && 2231 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2232 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2233 // struct STRUCT; 2234 // and 2235 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2236 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2237 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2238 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2239 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2240 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2241 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2242 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2243 } 2244 } 2245 2246 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2247 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2248 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2249 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2250 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2251 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2252 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2253 emittedWarning = true; 2254 } 2255 2256 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2257 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2258 2259 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2260 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2261 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2262 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2263 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2264 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2265 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2266 return Tag; 2267 } 2268 2269 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2270 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2271 emittedWarning = true; 2272 } 2273 2274 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2275 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2276 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2277 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2278 return TagD; 2279 2280 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2281 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2282 // useless. 2283 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2284 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2285 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2286 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2287 2288 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2289 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2290 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2291 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2292 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2293 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2294 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2295 // Restrict is covered above. 2296 } 2297 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2298 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2299 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2300 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2301 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2302 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2303 2304 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2305 2306 return TagD; 2307} 2308 2309/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2310/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2311StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2312 StmtResult R; 2313 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2314 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2315 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2316 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2317 do 2318 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2319 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2320 } 2321 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2322 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2323 } 2324 } 2325 return R; 2326} 2327 2328/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2329/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2330/// 2331/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2332static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2333 Scope *S, 2334 DeclContext *Owner, 2335 DeclarationName Name, 2336 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2337 unsigned diagnostic) { 2338 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2339 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2340 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2341 2342 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2343 return false; 2344 2345 // Pick a representative declaration. 2346 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2347 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2348 2349 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2350 return false; 2351 2352 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2353 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2354 2355 return true; 2356} 2357 2358/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2359/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2360/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2361/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2362/// struct, e.g., 2363/// 2364/// @code 2365/// union { 2366/// int i; 2367/// float f; 2368/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2369/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2370/// @endcode 2371/// 2372/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2373/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2374static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2375 DeclContext *Owner, 2376 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2377 AccessSpecifier AS, 2378 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2379 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2380 unsigned diagKind 2381 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2382 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2383 2384 bool Invalid = false; 2385 2386 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2387 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2388 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2389 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2390 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2391 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2392 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2393 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2394 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2395 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2396 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2397 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2398 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2399 Invalid = true; 2400 } else { 2401 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2402 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2403 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2404 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2405 // anonymous union is declared. 2406 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2407 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2408 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2409 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2410 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2411 else 2412 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2413 2414 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2415 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2416 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2417 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2418 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2419 2420 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2421 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2422 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2423 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2424 2425 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2426 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2427 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2428 2429 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2430 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2431 2432 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2433 } 2434 } 2435 } 2436 2437 return Invalid; 2438} 2439 2440/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2441/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2442/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2443static StorageClass 2444StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2445 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2446 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2447 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2448 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2449 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2450 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2451 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2452 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2453 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2454 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2455 } 2456 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2457} 2458 2459/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2460/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2461/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2462static StorageClass 2463StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2464 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2465 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2466 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2467 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2468 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2469 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2470 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2471 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2472 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2473 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2474 } 2475 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2476} 2477 2478/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2479/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2480/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2481/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2482Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2483 AccessSpecifier AS, 2484 RecordDecl *Record) { 2485 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2486 2487 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2488 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2489 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2490 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2491 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2492 2493 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2494 // structs/unions. 2495 bool Invalid = false; 2496 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2497 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2498 unsigned DiagID; 2499 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2500 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2501 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2502 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2503 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2504 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2505 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2506 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2507 Invalid = true; 2508 2509 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2510 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2511 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2512 } 2513 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2514 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2515 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2516 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2517 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2518 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2519 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2520 Invalid = true; 2521 2522 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2523 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2524 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2525 } 2526 2527 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2528 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2529 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2530 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2531 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2532 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2533 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2534 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2535 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2537 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2538 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2539 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2540 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2541 2542 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2543 } 2544 2545 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2546 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2547 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2548 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2549 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2550 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2551 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2552 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2553 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2554 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2555 // members (clause 11). 2556 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2557 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2559 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2560 Invalid = true; 2561 } 2562 2563 // C++ [class.union]p1 2564 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2565 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2566 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2567 // array of such objects. 2568 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2569 Invalid = true; 2570 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2571 // Any implicit members are fine. 2572 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2573 // This is a type that showed up in an 2574 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2575 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2576 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2577 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2578 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2579 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2580 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2581 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2582 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2583 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2584 else { 2585 // This is a nested type declaration. 2586 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2587 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2588 Invalid = true; 2589 } 2590 } 2591 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2592 // Any access specifier is fine. 2593 } else { 2594 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2595 // member. Complain about it. 2596 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2597 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2598 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2599 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2600 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2601 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2602 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2603 2604 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2605 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2606 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2607 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2608 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2609 else { 2610 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2611 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2612 Invalid = true; 2613 } 2614 } 2615 } 2616 } 2617 2618 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2619 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2620 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2621 Invalid = true; 2622 } 2623 2624 // Mock up a declarator. 2625 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2626 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2627 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2628 2629 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2630 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2631 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2632 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2633 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2634 Record->getLocation(), 2635 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2636 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2637 TInfo, 2638 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2639 /*HasInit=*/false); 2640 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2641 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2642 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2643 } else { 2644 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2645 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2646 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2647 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2648 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2649 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2650 // an error here 2651 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2652 Invalid = true; 2653 SC = SC_None; 2654 } 2655 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2656 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2657 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2658 2659 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2660 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2661 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2662 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2663 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2664 } 2665 Anon->setImplicit(); 2666 2667 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2668 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2669 // its members. 2670 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2671 2672 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2673 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2674 // purposes. 2675 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2676 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2677 2678 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2679 Chain, false)) 2680 Invalid = true; 2681 2682 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2683 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2684 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2685 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2686 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2687 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2688 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2689 2690 if (Invalid) 2691 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2692 2693 return Anon; 2694} 2695 2696/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2697/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2698/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2699/// Example: 2700/// 2701/// struct A { int a; }; 2702/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2703/// 2704/// void foo() { 2705/// B var; 2706/// var.a = 3; 2707/// } 2708/// 2709Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2710 RecordDecl *Record) { 2711 2712 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2713 if (!Record) 2714 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2715 2716 // Mock up a declarator. 2717 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2718 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2719 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2720 2721 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2722 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2723 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2724 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2725 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2726 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2727 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2728 TInfo, 2729 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2730 /*HasInit=*/false); 2731 Anon->setImplicit(); 2732 2733 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2734 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2735 2736 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2737 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2738 // purposes. 2739 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2740 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2741 2742 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2743 Record->getDefinition(), 2744 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2745 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2746 2747 return Anon; 2748} 2749 2750/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2751/// given Declarator. 2752DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2753 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2754} 2755 2756/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2757DeclarationNameInfo 2758Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2759 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2760 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2761 2762 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2763 2764 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2765 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2766 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2767 return NameInfo; 2768 2769 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2770 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2771 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2772 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2773 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2774 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2775 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2776 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2777 return NameInfo; 2778 2779 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2780 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2781 Name.Identifier)); 2782 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2783 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2784 return NameInfo; 2785 2786 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2787 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2788 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2789 if (Ty.isNull()) 2790 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2791 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2792 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2793 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2794 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2795 return NameInfo; 2796 } 2797 2798 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2799 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2800 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2801 if (Ty.isNull()) 2802 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2803 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2804 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2805 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2806 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2807 return NameInfo; 2808 } 2809 2810 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2811 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2812 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2813 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2814 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2815 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2816 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2817 2818 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2819 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2820 2821 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2822 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2823 // was qualified. 2824 2825 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2826 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2827 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2828 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2829 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2830 return NameInfo; 2831 } 2832 2833 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2834 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2835 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2836 if (Ty.isNull()) 2837 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2838 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2839 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2840 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2841 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2842 return NameInfo; 2843 } 2844 2845 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2846 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2847 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2848 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2849 } 2850 2851 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2852 2853 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2854 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2855} 2856 2857/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2858/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2859/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2860/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2861/// the class or namespace. 2862static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2863 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2864 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2865 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2866 return false; 2867 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2868 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2869 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2870 2871 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2872 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2873 return false; 2874 } 2875 2876 return true; 2877} 2878 2879/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2880/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2881/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2882/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2883/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2884static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2885 DeclarationName Name) { 2886 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2887 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2888 // - types which will become injected class names 2889 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2890 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2891 // few cases here. 2892 2893 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2894 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2895 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2896 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2897 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 2898 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 2899 // Grab the type from the parser. 2900 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2901 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2902 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2903 2904 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2905 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2906 // attached already. 2907 if (!TSI) 2908 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2909 2910 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2911 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2912 if (!TSI) return true; 2913 2914 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2915 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2916 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2917 break; 2918 } 2919 2920 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2921 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2922 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2923 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2924 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2925 break; 2926 } 2927 2928 default: 2929 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2930 break; 2931 } 2932 2933 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2934 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2935 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2936 2937 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2938 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2939 // pointer. 2940 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2941 continue; 2942 2943 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2944 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2945 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2946 return true; 2947 } 2948 2949 return false; 2950} 2951 2952Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2953 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2954 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 2955 IsFunctionDefinition); 2956} 2957 2958/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2959/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2960/// name different from T: 2961/// - every static data member of class T; 2962/// - every member function of class T 2963/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2964/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2965bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2966 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2967 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2968 2969 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2970 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2971 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2972 return true; 2973 } 2974 2975 return false; 2976} 2977 2978Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2979 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2980 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2981 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2982 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2983 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2984 2985 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2986 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2987 if (!Name) { 2988 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2989 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2990 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2991 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2992 return 0; 2993 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2994 return 0; 2995 2996 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2997 // we find one that is. 2998 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2999 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3000 S = S->getParent(); 3001 3002 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3003 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3004 D.setInvalidType(); 3005 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3006 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3007 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3008 return 0; 3009 3010 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3011 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3012 if (!DC) { 3013 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3014 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3015 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3016 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3017 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3018 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3019 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3020 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3021 return 0; 3022 } 3023 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3024 3025 if (!IsDependentContext && 3026 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3027 return 0; 3028 3029 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3030 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3031 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3032 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3033 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3034 D.setInvalidType(); 3035 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3036 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3037 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3038 // definition: 3039 // 3040 // class X { 3041 // void X::f(); 3042 // }; 3043 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3044 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3045 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3046 else 3047 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3048 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3049 3050 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3051 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3052 } 3053 } 3054 3055 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3056 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3057 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3058 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3059 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3060 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3061 D.setInvalidType(); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 3065 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3066 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3067 // Just return early; it's safer. 3068 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3069 return 0; 3070 3071 NamedDecl *New; 3072 3073 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3074 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3075 3076 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3077 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3078 D.setInvalidType(); 3079 3080 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3081 ForRedeclaration); 3082 3083 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3084 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3085 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3086 3087 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3088 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3089 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3090 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3091 /* Do nothing*/; 3092 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3093 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3094 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3095 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3096 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3097 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3098 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3099 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3100 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3101 3102 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3103 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3104 3105 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3106 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3107 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3108 3109 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3110 // out-of-line members. 3111 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3112 3113 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3114 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3115 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3116 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3117 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3118 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3119 // declarations namespace. 3120 // 3121 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3122 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3123 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3124 // 3125 // class X { 3126 // void f(); 3127 // void f(float); 3128 // }; 3129 // 3130 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3131 // 3132 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3133 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3134 // matches. 3135 3136 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3137 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3138 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3139 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3140 } else { 3141 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3142 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3143 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3144 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3145 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3146 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3147 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3148 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3149 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3150 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3151 else 3152 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3153 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3154 D.setInvalidType(); 3155 } 3156 } 3157 } 3158 3159 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3160 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3161 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3162 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3163 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3164 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3165 D.setInvalidType(); 3166 3167 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3168 Previous.clear(); 3169 } 3170 3171 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3172 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3173 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3174 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3175 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3176 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3177 Previous.clear(); 3178 3179 bool Redeclaration = false; 3180 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3181 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3182 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3183 return 0; 3184 } 3185 3186 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3187 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3188 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3189 move(TemplateParamLists), 3190 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3191 } else { 3192 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3193 move(TemplateParamLists), 3194 Redeclaration); 3195 } 3196 3197 if (New == 0) 3198 return 0; 3199 3200 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3201 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3202 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3203 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3204 3205 return New; 3206} 3207 3208/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3209/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3210/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3211static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3212 ASTContext &Context, 3213 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3214 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3215 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3216 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3217 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3218 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3219 SizeIsNegative = false; 3220 Oversized = 0; 3221 3222 if (T->isDependentType()) 3223 return QualType(); 3224 3225 QualifierCollector Qs; 3226 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3227 3228 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3229 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3230 QualType FixedType = 3231 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3232 Oversized); 3233 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3234 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3235 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3236 } 3237 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3238 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3239 QualType FixedType = 3240 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3241 Oversized); 3242 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3243 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3244 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3245 } 3246 3247 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3248 if (!VLATy) 3249 return QualType(); 3250 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3251 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3252 return QualType(); 3253 3254 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3255 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3256 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3257 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3258 return QualType(); 3259 3260 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3261 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3262 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3263 SizeIsNegative = true; 3264 return QualType(); 3265 } 3266 3267 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3268 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3269 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3270 Res); 3271 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3272 Oversized = Res; 3273 return QualType(); 3274 } 3275 3276 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3277 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3278} 3279 3280/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3281/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3282void 3283Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3284 const LookupResult &Previous, 3285 Scope *S) { 3286 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3287 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3288 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3289 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3290 3291 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3292 return; 3293 3294 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3295 3296 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3297 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3298 // declaration. 3299 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3300 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3301 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3302 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3303 S = S->getParent(); 3304 3305 if (S) 3306 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3307 } 3308} 3309 3310/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3311/// does not identify a function. 3312void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3313 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3314 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3316 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3317 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3318 3319 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3320 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3321 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3322 3323 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3325 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3326} 3327 3328NamedDecl* 3329Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3330 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3331 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3332 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3333 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3334 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3335 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3336 D.setInvalidType(); 3337 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3338 DC = CurContext; 3339 Previous.clear(); 3340 } 3341 3342 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3343 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3344 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3345 } 3346 3347 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3348 3349 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3350 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3351 3352 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3353 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3354 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3355 return 0; 3356 } 3357 3358 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3359 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3360 3361 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3362 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3363 3364 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3365 3366 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3367} 3368 3369void 3370Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3371 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3372 // then it shall have block scope. 3373 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3374 // that redeclarations will match. 3375 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3376 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3377 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3378 3379 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3380 bool SizeIsNegative; 3381 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3382 QualType FixedTy = 3383 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3384 Oversized); 3385 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3386 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3387 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3388 } else { 3389 if (SizeIsNegative) 3390 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3391 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3392 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3393 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3394 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3395 else 3396 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3397 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3398 } 3399 } 3400 } 3401} 3402 3403 3404/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3405/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3406/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3407NamedDecl* 3408Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3409 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3410 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3411 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3412 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3413 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3414 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3415 Redeclaration = true; 3416 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3417 } 3418 3419 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3420 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3421 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3422 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3423 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3424 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3425 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3426 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3427 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3428 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3429 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3430 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3431 } 3432 3433 return NewTD; 3434} 3435 3436/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3437/// previous declaration. 3438/// 3439/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3440/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3441/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3442/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3443/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3444/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3445/// 3446/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3447/// lookup 3448/// 3449/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3450/// declared. 3451/// 3452/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3453/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3454static bool 3455isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3456 ASTContext &Context) { 3457 if (!PrevDecl) 3458 return false; 3459 3460 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3461 return false; 3462 3463 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3464 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3465 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3466 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3467 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3468 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3469 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3470 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3471 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3472 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3473 return false; 3474 3475 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3476 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3477 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3478 return false; 3479 3480 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3481 // previous declarations. 3482 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3483 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3484 3485 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3486 // isn't the same function. 3487 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3488 return false; 3489 } 3490 3491 return true; 3492} 3493 3494static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3495 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3496 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3497 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3498} 3499 3500bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3501 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3502 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3503 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3504 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3505 unsigned kind = -1U; 3506 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3507 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3508 kind = 0; // __block 3509 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3510 kind = 1; // global 3511 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3512 kind = 3; // ivar 3513 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3514 kind = 2; // field 3515 } 3516 3517 if (kind != -1U) { 3518 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3519 << kind; 3520 } 3521 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3522 // Try to infer lifetime. 3523 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3524 return false; 3525 3526 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3527 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3528 decl->setType(type); 3529 } 3530 3531 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3532 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3533 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3534 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3535 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3536 << var->getType(); 3537 return true; 3538 } 3539 } 3540 3541 return false; 3542} 3543 3544NamedDecl* 3545Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3546 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3547 LookupResult &Previous, 3548 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3549 bool &Redeclaration) { 3550 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3551 3552 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3553 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3554 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3555 3556 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3557 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3558 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3559 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3560 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3561 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3562 // an error here 3563 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3564 D.setInvalidType(); 3565 SC = SC_None; 3566 } 3567 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3568 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3569 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3570 3571 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3572 if (!II) { 3573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3574 << Name.getAsString(); 3575 return 0; 3576 } 3577 3578 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3579 3580 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3581 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3582 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3583 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3584 3585 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3586 // is a GNU extension. 3587 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3588 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3589 else 3590 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3591 D.setInvalidType(); 3592 } 3593 } 3594 3595 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3596 VarDecl *NewVD; 3597 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3598 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3599 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3600 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3601 3602 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3603 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3604 } else { 3605 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3606 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3607 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3609 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3611 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3612 SC = SC_Static; 3613 } 3614 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3615 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3616 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3617 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3618 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3619 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3620 3621 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3622 // the program is ill-formed. 3623 // 3624 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3625 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3626 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3627 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3628 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3629 } 3630 } 3631 3632 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3633 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3634 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3635 bool Invalid = false; 3636 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3637 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3638 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3639 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3640 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3641 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3642 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3643 /*never a friend*/ false, 3644 isExplicitSpecialization, 3645 Invalid)) { 3646 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3647 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3648 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3649 << II 3650 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3651 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3652 return 0; 3653 } else { 3654 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3655 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3656 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3657 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3658 << II 3659 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3660 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3661 } 3662 } 3663 3664 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3665 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3666 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3667 3668 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3669 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3670 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3671 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3672 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3673 3674 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3675 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3676 3677 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3678 3679 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3680 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3681 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3682 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3683 } 3684 } 3685 3686 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3687 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3688 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3689 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3690 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3691 else 3692 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3693 } 3694 3695 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3696 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3697 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3698 3699 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3700 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3701 3702 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3703 // retainable type. 3704 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3705 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3706 3707 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3708 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3709 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3710 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3711 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3712 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3713 switch (SC) { 3714 case SC_None: 3715 case SC_Auto: 3716 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3717 break; 3718 case SC_Register: 3719 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3720 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3721 break; 3722 case SC_Static: 3723 case SC_Extern: 3724 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3725 break; 3726 } 3727 } 3728 3729 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3730 Context, Label)); 3731 } 3732 3733 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3734 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3735 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3736 3737 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3738 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3739 // declaration has linkage). 3740 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3741 isExplicitSpecialization); 3742 3743 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3744 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3745 else { 3746 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3747 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3748 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3749 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3750 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3751 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3752 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3753 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3754 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3755 Previous.clear(); 3756 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3757 } 3758 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3759 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3760 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3761 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3762 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3763 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3764 } 3765 3766 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3767 3768 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3769 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3770 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3771 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3772 } 3773 3774 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3775 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3776 // here. 3777 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3778 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3779 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3780 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3781 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3782 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3783 } 3784 } 3785 3786 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3787 // such variables. 3788 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3789 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3790 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3791 3792 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3793 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3794 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3795 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3796 3797 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3798 3799 return NewVD; 3800} 3801 3802/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3803/// -Wshadow. 3804/// 3805/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3806/// scope. 3807/// 3808/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3809/// \param R the lookup of the name 3810/// 3811void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3812 // Return if warning is ignored. 3813 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3814 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3815 return; 3816 3817 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3818 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3819 return; 3820 3821 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3822 3823 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3824 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3825 return; 3826 3827 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3828 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3829 return; 3830 3831 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3832 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3833 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3834 if (MD->isStatic()) 3835 return; 3836 3837 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3838 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3839 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3840 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3841 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3842 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3843 I != E; ++I) 3844 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3845 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3846 break; 3847 } 3848 } 3849 3850 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3851 3852 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3853 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3854 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3855 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3856 return; 3857 3858 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3859 // static data members from base classes? 3860 3861 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3862 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3863 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3864 } 3865 3866 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3867 unsigned Kind; 3868 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3869 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3870 Kind = 3; // field 3871 else 3872 Kind = 2; // static data member 3873 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3874 Kind = 1; // global 3875 else 3876 Kind = 0; // local 3877 3878 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3879 3880 // Emit warning and note. 3881 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3882 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3883} 3884 3885/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3886void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3887 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3888 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3889 return; 3890 3891 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3892 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3893 LookupName(R, S); 3894 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3895} 3896 3897/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3898/// declaration. 3899/// 3900/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3901/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3902/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3903/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3904/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3905/// 3906/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3907void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3908 LookupResult &Previous, 3909 bool &Redeclaration) { 3910 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3911 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3912 return; 3913 3914 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3915 3916 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3917 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3918 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3919 } 3920 3921 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3922 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3923 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3924 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3925 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3926 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3927 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3928 } 3929 3930 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3931 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3932 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) 3933 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 3934 else 3935 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3936 } 3937 3938 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3939 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3940 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3941 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3942 3943 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3944 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3945 bool SizeIsNegative; 3946 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3947 QualType FixedTy = 3948 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3949 Oversized); 3950 3951 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3952 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3953 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3954 // int a[10][n]; 3955 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3956 3957 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3958 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3959 << SizeRange; 3960 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3961 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3962 << SizeRange; 3963 else 3964 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3965 << SizeRange; 3966 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3967 } 3968 3969 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3970 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3971 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3972 else 3973 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3974 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3975 } 3976 3977 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3978 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3979 } 3980 3981 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3982 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3983 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3984 // declaration with the same name. 3985 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3986 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3987 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3988 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3989 } 3990 3991 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3992 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3993 << T; 3994 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3995 } 3996 3997 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3998 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3999 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4000 } 4001 4002 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4003 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4004 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4005 } 4006 4007 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4008 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4009 QualType Pointee; 4010 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4011 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4012 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4013 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4014 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4015 PtrOrRef = 1; 4016 } 4017 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4018 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4019 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4020 << PtrOrRef; 4021 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4022 } 4023 4024 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4025 Redeclaration = true; 4026 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4027 } 4028} 4029 4030/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4031struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4032 Sema *S; 4033 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4034}; 4035 4036/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4037/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4038/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4039static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4040 CXXBasePath &Path, 4041 void *UserData) { 4042 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4043 4044 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4045 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4046 4047 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4048 4049 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4050 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4051 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4052 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4053 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4054 4055 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4056 } 4057 4058 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4059 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4060 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4061 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4062 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4063 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4064 return true; 4065 } 4066 } 4067 4068 return false; 4069} 4070 4071/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4072/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4073bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4074 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4075 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4076 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4077 Data.Method = MD; 4078 Data.S = this; 4079 bool AddedAny = false; 4080 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4081 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4082 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4083 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4084 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4085 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4086 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4087 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4088 AddedAny = true; 4089 } 4090 } 4091 } 4092 } 4093 4094 return AddedAny; 4095} 4096 4097static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4098 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4099 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4100 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4101 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4102 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4103 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4104 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4105 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4106 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4107 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4108 } 4109} 4110 4111NamedDecl* 4112Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4113 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4114 LookupResult &Previous, 4115 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4116 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 4117 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4118 4119 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4120 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4121 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4122 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4123 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4124 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4125 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4126 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4127 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4128 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4129 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4130 D.setInvalidType(); 4131 break; 4132 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4133 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4134 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4135 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4136 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4137 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4138 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4139 // other than extern 4140 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4141 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4142 diag::err_static_block_func); 4143 SC = SC_None; 4144 } else 4145 SC = SC_Static; 4146 break; 4147 } 4148 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4149 } 4150 4151 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4152 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4153 4154 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4155 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4156 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4157 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4158 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4159 D.setInvalidType(); 4160 } 4161 4162 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4163 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4164 bool isFriend = false; 4165 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4166 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4167 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4168 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4169 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4170 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4171 4172 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4173 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4174 // prototype. This true when: 4175 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4176 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4177 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4178 bool HasPrototype = 4179 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4180 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4181 4182 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4183 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4184 HasPrototype); 4185 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4186 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4187 4188 // Set the lexical context. 4189 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4190 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4191 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4192 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4193 } else { 4194 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4195 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4196 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4197 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4198 4199 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4200 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4201 // the class has been completely parsed. 4202 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4203 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4204 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4205 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4206 AbstractReturnType)) 4207 D.setInvalidType(); 4208 4209 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4210 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4211 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4212 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4213 4214 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4215 4216 // Create the new declaration 4217 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4218 Context, 4219 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4220 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4221 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4222 isExplicit, isInline, 4223 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4224 4225 NewFD = NewCD; 4226 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4227 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4228 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4229 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4230 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4231 4232 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4233 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4234 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4235 isInline, 4236 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4237 NewFD = NewDD; 4238 isVirtualOkay = true; 4239 4240 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4241 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4242 // it yet. 4243 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4244 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4245 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4246 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4247 } 4248 4249 } else { 4250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4251 4252 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4253 // code path. 4254 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4255 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4256 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4257 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4258 D.setInvalidType(); 4259 } 4260 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4261 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4262 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4263 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4264 return 0; 4265 } 4266 4267 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4268 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4269 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4270 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4271 isInline, isExplicit, 4272 SourceLocation()); 4273 4274 isVirtualOkay = true; 4275 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4276 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4277 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4278 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4279 // constructor if it has no return type). 4280 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4281 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4282 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4283 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4284 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4285 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4286 return 0; 4287 } 4288 4289 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4290 4291 // [class.free]p1: 4292 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4293 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4294 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4295 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4296 isStatic = true; 4297 4298 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4299 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4300 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4301 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4302 isStatic = true; 4303 4304 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4305 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4306 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4307 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4308 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4309 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4310 SourceLocation()); 4311 NewFD = NewMD; 4312 4313 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4314 } else { 4315 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4316 // prototype. This true when: 4317 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4318 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4319 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4320 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4321 } 4322 4323 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4324 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4325 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4326 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4327 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4328 } 4329 4330 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4331 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4332 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4333 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4334 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4335 4336 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4337 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4338 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4339 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4340 4341 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4342 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4343 bool Invalid = false; 4344 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4345 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4346 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4347 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4348 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4349 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4350 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4351 isFriend, 4352 isExplicitSpecialization, 4353 Invalid)) { 4354 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4355 // This is a function template 4356 4357 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4358 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4359 return 0; 4360 4361 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4362 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4363 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4364 return 0; 4365 } 4366 4367 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4368 NewFD->getLocation(), 4369 Name, TemplateParams, 4370 NewFD); 4371 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4372 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4373 4374 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4375 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4376 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4377 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4378 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4379 } 4380 } else { 4381 // This is a function template specialization. 4382 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4383 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4384 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4385 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4386 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4387 4388 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4389 if (isFriend) { 4390 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4391 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4392 4393 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4394 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4395 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4396 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4397 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4398 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4399 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4400 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4401 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4402 } 4403 4404 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4405 << Name << RemoveRange 4406 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4407 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4408 } 4409 } 4410 } 4411 else { 4412 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4413 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4414 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4415 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4416 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4417 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4418 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4419 } 4420 4421 if (Invalid) { 4422 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4423 if (FunctionTemplate) 4424 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4425 } 4426 4427 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4428 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4429 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4430 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4431 // 4432 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4433 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4435 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4436 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4437 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4438 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4439 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4440 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4441 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4442 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4443 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4444 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4445 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4447 } else { 4448 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4449 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4450 } 4451 } 4452 4453 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4454 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4455 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4456 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4457 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4459 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4460 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4461 } 4462 } 4463 4464 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4465 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4466 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4467 // and 12.3.2. 4468 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4469 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4470 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4471 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4472 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4473 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4474 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4475 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4476 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4477 // or conversion function. 4478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4479 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4480 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4481 } 4482 } 4483 4484 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4485 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4486 isExplicitSpecialization || 4487 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4488 4489 if (isFriend) { 4490 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4491 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4492 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4493 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4494 } 4495 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4496 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4497 } 4498 4499 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4500 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4501 // definition. 4502 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4503 } 4504 4505 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4506 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4507 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4508 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4509 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4510 // the class. 4511 4512 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4513 // member function definition. 4514 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4515 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4516 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4517 } 4518 } 4519 4520 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4521 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4522 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4523 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4524 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4525 SE->getString())); 4526 } 4527 4528 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4529 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4530 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4531 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4532 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4533 4534 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4535 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4536 // single void argument. 4537 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4538 // already checks for that case. 4539 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4540 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4541 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4542 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4543 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4544 4545 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4546 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4548 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4549 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4550 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4551 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4552 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4553 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4554 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4555 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4556 << IsTypeAlias; 4557 } 4558 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4559 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4560 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4561 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4562 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4563 Params.push_back(Param); 4564 4565 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4566 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4567 } 4568 } 4569 4570 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4571 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4572 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4573 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4574 // 4575 // @code 4576 // typedef void fn(int); 4577 // fn f; 4578 // @endcode 4579 4580 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4581 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4582 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4583 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4584 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4585 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4586 Params.push_back(Param); 4587 } 4588 } else { 4589 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4590 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4591 } 4592 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4593 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4594 4595 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4596 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4597 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4598 4599 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4600 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4601 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4602 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4603 Redeclaration); 4604 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4605 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4606 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4607 } else { 4608 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4609 // argument list into our AST format. 4610 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4611 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4612 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4613 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4614 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4615 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4616 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4617 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4618 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4619 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4620 TemplateArgs); 4621 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4622 4623 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4624 4625 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4626 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4627 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4628 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4629 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4630 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4631 4632 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4633 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4634 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4635 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4636 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4637 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4638 // too few of them). 4639 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4640 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4642 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4643 "template<> "); 4644 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4645 } else { 4646 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4647 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4648 } 4649 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4650 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4651 // wrote something like: 4652 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4653 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4654 // friend void foo<>(int); 4655 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4656 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4657 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4658 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4659 } 4660 4661 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4662 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4663 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4664 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4665 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4666 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4667 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4668 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4669 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4670 Previous)) 4671 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4672 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4673 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4674 && !isFriend) { 4675 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4676 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4677 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4678 return 0; 4679 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4680 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4681 Previous)) 4682 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4683 4684 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4685 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4686 // specialization (14.7.3) 4687 if (SC != SC_None) { 4688 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4689 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4690 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4691 << SC 4692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4693 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4694 4695 else 4696 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4697 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4699 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4700 } 4701 4702 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4703 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4704 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4705 } 4706 4707 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4708 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4709 Redeclaration); 4710 4711 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4712 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4713 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4714 4715 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4716 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4717 : NewFD); 4718 4719 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4720 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4721 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4722 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4723 4724 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4725 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4726 4727 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4728 } 4729 4730 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4731 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4732 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4733 4734 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4735 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4736 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4737 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4738 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4739 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4740 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4741 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4742 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4743 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4744 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4745 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4746 DC->isDependentContext()) 4747 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4748 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4749 } 4750 4751 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4752 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4753 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4754 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4755 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4756 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4757 4758 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4759 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4760 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4761 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4762 4763 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4764 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4765 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4766 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4767 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4768 // can actually do this check immediately. 4769 if (isFriend && 4770 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4771 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4772 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4773 // ignore these 4774 } else { 4775 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4776 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4777 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4778 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4779 // 4780 // class X { 4781 // void f() const; 4782 // }; 4783 // 4784 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4785 // 4786 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4787 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4788 // whether the parameter types are references). 4789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4790 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4791 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4792 4793 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4794 } 4795 4796 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4797 // to something. 4798 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4799 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4800 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4801 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4802 } 4803 4804 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4805 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4806 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4807 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4808 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4809 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4810 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4811 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4812 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4813 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4814 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 4819 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4820 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4821 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4822 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4823 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4824 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4825 4826 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4827 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4828 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4829 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4830 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4831 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4832 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4833 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4834 } 4835 } 4836 4837 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4838 4839 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4840 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4841 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4842 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4843 << NewFD; 4844 4845 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4846 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4847 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4848 EPI.Variadic = true; 4849 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4850 4851 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4852 NewFD->setType(R); 4853 } 4854 4855 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4856 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4857 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4858 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4859 4860 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4861 // map of such names. 4862 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4863 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4864 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4865 4866 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4867 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4868 4869 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4870 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4871 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4872 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4873 return FunctionTemplate; 4874 } 4875 } 4876 4877 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4878 4879 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4880 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4881 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4882 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4883 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4884 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4885 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4886 4887 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4888 } 4889 } 4890 4891 return NewFD; 4892} 4893 4894/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4895/// 4896/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4897/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4898/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4899/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4900/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4901/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4902/// via InstantiateDecl). 4903/// 4904/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4905/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4906/// 4907/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4908void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4909 LookupResult &Previous, 4910 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4911 bool &Redeclaration) { 4912 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4913 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4914 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4915 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4916 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4917 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4918 4919 return; 4920 } 4921 4922 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4923 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4924 // because all functions have linkage. 4925 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4926 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4927 } 4928 4929 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4930 CheckMain(NewFD); 4931 4932 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4933 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4934 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4935 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4936 // declaration with the same name. 4937 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4938 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4939 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4940 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4941 } 4942 4943 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4944 // the same name, if appropriate. 4945 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4946 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4947 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4948 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4949 // function to the scope. 4950 4951 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4952 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4953 Redeclaration = true; 4954 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4955 } else { 4956 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4957 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4958 case Ovl_Match: 4959 Redeclaration = true; 4960 break; 4961 4962 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4963 Redeclaration = true; 4964 break; 4965 4966 case Ovl_Overload: 4967 Redeclaration = false; 4968 break; 4969 } 4970 4971 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4972 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4973 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4974 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4975 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4976 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4977 if (Redeclaration) 4978 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4979 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4980 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4981 if (OverloadedDecl) 4982 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4983 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4984 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4985 Context)); 4986 } 4987 } 4988 4989 if (Redeclaration) { 4990 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4991 // merged. 4992 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4993 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4994 4995 Previous.clear(); 4996 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4997 4998 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4999 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5000 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5001 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5002 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5003 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5004 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5005 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5006 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5007 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5008 } 5009 5010 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5011 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5012 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5013 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5014 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5015 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5016 } 5017 } else { 5018 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5019 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5020 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5021 } 5022 } 5023 } 5024 5025 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5026 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5027 // C++-specific checks. 5028 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5029 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5030 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5031 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5032 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5033 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5034 5035 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5036 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5037 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5038 DeclarationName Name 5039 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5040 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5041 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5042 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5043 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5044 } 5045 } 5046 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5047 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5048 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5049 } 5050 5051 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5052 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5053 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5054 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5055 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5056 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5057 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5058 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5059 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5060 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5061 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5062 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5063 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5064 ++Overridden) { 5065 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5066 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5067 } 5068 } 5069 } 5070 } 5071 } 5072 5073 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5074 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5075 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5076 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5077 5078 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5079 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5080 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5081 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5082 5083 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5084 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5085 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5086 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5087 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5088 5089 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5090 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5091 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5092 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5093 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5094 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5095 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5096 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5097 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5098 } 5099 } 5100 } 5101} 5102 5103void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5104 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5105 // or static is ill-formed. 5106 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5107 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5108 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5109 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5110 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5111 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5112 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5113 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5114 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5115 5116 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5117 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5118 } 5119 5120 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5121 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5122 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5123 5124 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5125 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5126 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5127 } 5128 5129 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5130 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5131 5132 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5133 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5134 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5135 5136 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5137 5138 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5139 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5140 // getting shifty. 5141 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5142 HasExtraParameters = false; 5143 5144 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5145 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5146 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5147 nparams = 3; 5148 } 5149 5150 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5151 // if we had some location information about types. 5152 5153 QualType CharPP = 5154 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5155 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5156 5157 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5158 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5159 5160 bool mismatch = true; 5161 5162 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5163 mismatch = false; 5164 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5165 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5166 // char const ** 5167 // char const * const * 5168 // char * const * 5169 5170 QualifierCollector qs; 5171 const PointerType* PT; 5172 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5173 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5174 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5175 qs.removeConst(); 5176 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5177 } 5178 } 5179 5180 if (mismatch) { 5181 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5182 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5183 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5184 } 5185 } 5186 5187 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5188 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5189 } 5190 5191 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5192 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5193 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5194 } 5195} 5196 5197bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5198 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5199 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5200 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5201 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5202 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5203 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5204 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5205 // rules there don't matter.) 5206 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5207 return false; 5208 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5209 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5210 return true; 5211} 5212 5213namespace { 5214 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5215 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5216 class SelfReferenceChecker 5217 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5218 Sema &S; 5219 Decl *OrigDecl; 5220 5221 public: 5222 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5223 5224 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5225 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5226 5227 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5228 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5229 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5230 } 5231 5232 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5233 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5234 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5235 } 5236 5237 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5238 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5239 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5240 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5241 if (!DRE) return; 5242 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5243 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5244 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5245 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5246 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SubExpr->getLocStart(), SubExpr, 5247 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5248 << Result.getLookupName() 5249 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5250 << SubExpr->getSourceRange()); 5251 } 5252 }; 5253} 5254 5255/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5256/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5257/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5258void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5259 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5260 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5261 // the initializer. 5262 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5263 return; 5264 5265 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5266 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5267 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5268 // by a dataflow analysis. 5269 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5270 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5271 } 5272 else { 5273 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5274 } 5275 5276 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5277 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5278 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5279 // Thus this grotesque test. 5280 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5281 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5282 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5283 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5284 else { 5285 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5286 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5287 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5288 } 5289 return; 5290 } 5291 5292 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5293 if (!VDecl) { 5294 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5295 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5296 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5297 return; 5298 } 5299 5300 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5301 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5302 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5303 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5304 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5305 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5306 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5307 if (!DeducedType) { 5308 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5309 return; 5310 } 5311 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5312 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5313 5314 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5315 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5316 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5317 5318 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5319 // the previously declared type. 5320 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5321 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5322 } 5323 5324 5325 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5326 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5327 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5328 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5329 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5330 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5331 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5332 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5333 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5334 return; 5335 } 5336 5337 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5338 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5339 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5340 AbstractVariableType)) 5341 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5342 5343 const VarDecl *Def; 5344 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5345 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5346 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5347 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5348 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5349 return; 5350 } 5351 5352 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5353 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5354 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5355 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5356 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5357 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5358 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5359 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5360 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5361 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5362 // 5363 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5364 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5365 // declaration with an initializer. 5366 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5367 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5368 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5369 return; 5370 } 5371 5372 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5373 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5374 5375 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5376 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5377 return; 5378 } 5379 } 5380 5381 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5382 // initialization. 5383 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5384 5385 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5386 InitializationKind Kind 5387 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5388 Init->getLocStart(), 5389 Init->getLocEnd()) 5390 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5391 Init->getLocStart()); 5392 5393 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5394 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5395 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5396 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5397 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5399 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5400 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5401 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5402 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5403 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5404 &DclT); 5405 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5406 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5407 return; 5408 } 5409 5410 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5411 5412 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5413 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5414 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5415 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5416 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5417 } 5418 } 5419 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5420 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5421 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5422 // 5423 // struct S { 5424 // static const int value = 17; 5425 // }; 5426 5427 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5428 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5429 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5430 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5431 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5432 &DclT); 5433 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5434 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5435 return; 5436 } 5437 5438 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5439 } 5440 5441 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5442 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5443 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5444 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5445 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5446 5447 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5448 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5449 5450 // Require constness. 5451 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5452 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5453 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5454 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5455 5456 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5457 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5458 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5459 SourceLocation Loc; 5460 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5461 ; // Nothing to check. 5462 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5463 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5464 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5465 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5466 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5467 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5468 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5469 } else { 5470 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5471 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5472 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5473 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5474 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5475 } 5476 5477 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5478 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5479 // implement fully. 5480 } else { 5481 bool Allowed = false; 5482 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5483 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5484 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5485 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5486 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5487 Allowed = true; 5488 } 5489 5490 if (!Allowed) { 5491 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5492 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5493 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5494 5495 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5496 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5497 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5498 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5499 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5500 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5501 } 5502 } 5503 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5504 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5505 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5506 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5507 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5508 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5509 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5510 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5511 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5512 &DclT); 5513 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5514 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5515 return; 5516 } 5517 5518 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5519 } 5520 5521 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5522 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5523 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5524 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5525 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5526 } 5527 } 5528 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5529 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5530 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5531 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5532 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5533 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5534 Init->setType(DclT); 5535 } 5536 5537 5538 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5539 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5540 // global/static definition. 5541 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5542 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5543 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5544 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5545 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5546 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5547 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5548 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5549 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5550 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5551 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5552 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5553 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5554 } 5555 } 5556 } 5557 5558 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5559 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5560 5561 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5562 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5563 5564 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5565 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5566 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5567 5568 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5569} 5570 5571/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5572/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5573/// of sanity. 5574void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5575 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5576 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5577 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5578 5579 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5580 if (!VD) return; 5581 5582 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5583 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5584 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5585 return; 5586 } 5587 5588 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5589 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5590 5591 // Require a complete type. 5592 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5593 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5594 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5595 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5596 return; 5597 } 5598 5599 // Require an abstract type. 5600 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5601 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5602 AbstractVariableType)) { 5603 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5604 return; 5605 } 5606 5607 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5608 // though. 5609} 5610 5611void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5612 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5613 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5614 if (RealDecl == 0) 5615 return; 5616 5617 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5618 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5619 5620 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5621 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5622 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5623 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5624 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5625 return; 5626 } 5627 5628 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5629 case VarDecl::Definition: 5630 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5631 break; 5632 5633 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5634 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5635 // a declaration. 5636 // 5637 // Fall through 5638 5639 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5640 // It's only a declaration. 5641 5642 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5643 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5644 // object shall be complete. 5645 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5646 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5647 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5648 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5649 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5650 5651 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5652 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5653 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5654 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5655 AbstractVariableType)) 5656 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5657 return; 5658 5659 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5660 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5661 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5662 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5663 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5664 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5665 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5666 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5667 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5668 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5669 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5670 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5671 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5672 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5673 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5674 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5675 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5676 // NOTE: code such as the following 5677 // static struct s; 5678 // struct s { int a; }; 5679 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5680 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5681 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5682 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5683 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5684 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5685 } 5686 } 5687 5688 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5689 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5690 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5691 return; 5692 } 5693 5694 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5695 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5696 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5697 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5698 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5699 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5700 return; 5701 } 5702 5703 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5704 // definitions with reference type. 5705 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5706 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5707 << Var->getDeclName() 5708 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5709 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5710 return; 5711 } 5712 5713 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5714 // variable with dependent type. 5715 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5716 return; 5717 5718 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5719 return; 5720 5721 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5722 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5723 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5724 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5725 return; 5726 } 5727 5728 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5729 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5730 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5731 AbstractVariableType)) { 5732 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5733 return; 5734 } 5735 5736 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5737 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5738 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5739 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5740 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5741 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 5742 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5743 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5744 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5745 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5746 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5747 if (const RecordType *Record 5748 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5749 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5750 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 5751 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5752 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5753 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 5754 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5755 } 5756 } 5757 5758 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5759 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5760 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5761 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5762 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5763 // type shall have a user-declared default 5764 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5765 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5766 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5767 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5768 // program is ill-formed. 5769 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5770 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5771 // default-initialized; [...]. 5772 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5773 InitializationKind Kind 5774 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5775 5776 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5777 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5778 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5779 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5780 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5781 else if (Init.get()) 5782 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5783 5784 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5785 } 5786} 5787 5788void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5789 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5790 if (!VD) { 5791 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5792 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5793 return; 5794 } 5795 5796 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5797 5798 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5799 int Error = -1; 5800 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5801 case SC_None: 5802 break; 5803 case SC_Extern: 5804 Error = 0; 5805 break; 5806 case SC_Static: 5807 Error = 1; 5808 break; 5809 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5810 Error = 2; 5811 break; 5812 case SC_Auto: 5813 Error = 3; 5814 break; 5815 case SC_Register: 5816 Error = 4; 5817 break; 5818 } 5819 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5820 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5821 // Error = 5; 5822 if (Error != -1) { 5823 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5824 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5825 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5826 } 5827} 5828 5829void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5830 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5831 5832 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 5833 // local retaining variable. 5834 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5835 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5836 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 5837 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 5838 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 5839 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 5840 break; 5841 5842 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 5843 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 5844 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5845 break; 5846 } 5847 } 5848 5849 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5850 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5851 5852 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5853 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5854 5855 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5856 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5857 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5858 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5859 5860 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5861 // constructing this copy. 5862 QualType type = var->getType(); 5863 5864 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5865 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5866 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5867 ExprResult result = 5868 PerformCopyInitialization( 5869 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5870 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5871 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5872 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5873 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5874 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5875 } 5876 } 5877 } 5878 5879 // Check for global constructors. 5880 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5881 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5882 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5883 var->getInit() && 5884 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5885 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5886 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5887 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5888 5889 // Require the destructor. 5890 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5891 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5892} 5893 5894/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5895/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5896void 5897Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5898 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5899 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5900} 5901 5902Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5903Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5904 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5905 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5906 5907 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5908 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5909 5910 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5911 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5912 Decls.push_back(D); 5913 5914 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5915 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5916} 5917 5918/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5919/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5920Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5921Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5922 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5923 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5924 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5925 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5926 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5927 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5928 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5929 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5930 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5931 QualType Deduced; 5932 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5933 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5934 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5935 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5936 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5937 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5938 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5939 break; 5940 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5941 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5942 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5943 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5944 Deduced = U; 5945 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5946 DeducedDecl = D; 5947 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5948 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5949 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5950 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5951 << U << D->getDeclName() 5952 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5953 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5954 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5955 break; 5956 } 5957 } 5958 } 5959 } 5960 } 5961 5962 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5963} 5964 5965 5966/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5967/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5968Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5969 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5970 5971 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5972 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5973 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5974 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5975 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5976 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5977 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5978 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5979 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5980 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5981 } 5982 5983 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5985 5986 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5987 5988 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5989 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5990 5991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5992 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5993 // parameter. 5994 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5995 5996 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5997 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5998 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5999 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6000 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6001 } 6002 } 6003 6004 // Ensure we have a valid name 6005 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6006 if (D.hasName()) { 6007 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6008 if (!II) { 6009 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6010 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6011 D.setInvalidType(true); 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6016 if (II) { 6017 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6018 ForRedeclaration); 6019 LookupName(R, S); 6020 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6021 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6022 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6023 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6024 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6025 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6026 PrevDecl = 0; 6027 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6028 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6029 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6030 6031 // Recover by removing the name 6032 II = 0; 6033 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6034 D.setInvalidType(true); 6035 } 6036 } 6037 } 6038 6039 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6040 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6041 // looking like class members in C++. 6042 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6043 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6044 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6045 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6046 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6047 6048 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6049 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6050 6051 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6052 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6053 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6054 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6055 6056 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6057 S->AddDecl(New); 6058 if (II) 6059 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6060 6061 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6062 6063 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6064 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6065 } 6066 return New; 6067} 6068 6069/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6070/// typedef. 6071ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6072 SourceLocation Loc, 6073 QualType T) { 6074 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6075 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6076 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6077 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6078 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6079 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6080 Param->setImplicit(); 6081 return Param; 6082} 6083 6084void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6085 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6086 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6087 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6088 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6089 return; 6090 6091 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6092 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6093 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6094 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6095 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6096 } 6097 } 6098} 6099 6100void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6101 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6102 QualType ReturnTy, 6103 NamedDecl *D) { 6104 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6105 return; 6106 6107 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6108 // threshold. 6109 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6110 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6111 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6112 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6113 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6114 } 6115 6116 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6117 // threshold. 6118 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6119 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6120 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6121 continue; 6122 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6123 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6124 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6125 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6126 } 6127} 6128 6129ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6130 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6131 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6132 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6133 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6134 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6135 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6136 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6137 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6138 6139 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6140 6141 // Special cases for arrays: 6142 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6143 // - otherwise, it's an error 6144 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6145 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6146 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 6147 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6148 } 6149 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6150 } else { 6151 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6152 } 6153 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6154 } 6155 6156 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6157 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 6158 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6159 0); 6160 6161 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6162 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6163 // the class has been completely parsed. 6164 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6165 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6166 AbstractParamType)) 6167 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6168 6169 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6170 // passed by reference. 6171 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6172 Diag(NameLoc, 6173 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6174 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6175 } 6176 6177 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6178 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6179 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6180 // an address space. 6181 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6182 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6183 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6184 } 6185 6186 return New; 6187} 6188 6189void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6190 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6191 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6192 6193 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6194 // for a K&R function. 6195 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6196 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6197 --i; 6198 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6199 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6200 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6201 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6202 << ";\n"; 6203 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6204 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6205 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6206 6207 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6208 // type. 6209 AttributeFactory attrs; 6210 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6211 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6212 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6213 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6214 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6215 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6216 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6217 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6218 } 6219 } 6220 } 6221} 6222 6223Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6224 Declarator &D) { 6225 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6226 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6227 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6228 6229 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6230 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6231 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6232 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6233} 6234 6235static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6236 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6237 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6238 return false; 6239 6240 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6241 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6242 return false; 6243 6244 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6245 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6246 return false; 6247 6248 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6249 if (FD->isMain()) 6250 return false; 6251 6252 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6253 if (FD->isInlined()) 6254 return false; 6255 6256 // Don't warn about function templates. 6257 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6258 return false; 6259 6260 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6261 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6262 return false; 6263 6264 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6265 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6266 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6267 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6268 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6269 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6270 continue; 6271 6272 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6273 break; 6274 } 6275 6276 return MissingPrototype; 6277} 6278 6279void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6280 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6281 // was an extern inline function. 6282 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6283 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6284 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6285 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6286 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6287 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6288 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6289 else 6290 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6291 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6292 } 6293} 6294 6295Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6296 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6297 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6298 6299 if (!D) 6300 return D; 6301 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6302 6303 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6304 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6305 else 6306 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6307 6308 // Enter a new function scope 6309 PushFunctionScope(); 6310 6311 // See if this is a redefinition. 6312 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6313 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6314 6315 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6316 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6317 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6318 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6319 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6320 } 6321 } 6322 6323 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6324 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6325 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6326 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6327 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6328 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6329 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6330 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6331 6332 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6333 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6334 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6335 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6336 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6337 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6338 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6339 6340 if (FnBodyScope) 6341 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6342 6343 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6344 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6345 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6346 6347 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6348 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6349 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6350 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6351 6352 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6353 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6354 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6355 6356 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6357 } 6358 } 6359 6360 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6361 // dllimport attribute. 6362 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6363 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6364 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6365 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6366 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6367 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6368 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6369 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6370 << "dllimport"; 6371 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6372 return FD; 6373 } 6374 6375 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6376 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6377 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6378 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6379 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6380 // emitted. 6381 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6382 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6383 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6384 } 6385 } 6386 return FD; 6387} 6388 6389/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6390/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6391/// optimization. 6392/// 6393/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6394/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6395/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6396/// use the named return value optimization. 6397/// 6398/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6399/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6400/// the NRVO variable. 6401/// 6402/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6403/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6404/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6405static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6406 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6407 6408 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6409 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6410 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6411 return; 6412 6413 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6414 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6415 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6416 return; 6417 } 6418 6419 if (NRVOCandidate) 6420 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6421} 6422 6423Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6424 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6425} 6426 6427Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6428 bool IsInstantiation) { 6429 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6430 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6431 if (FunTmpl) 6432 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6433 else 6434 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6435 6436 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6437 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6438 6439 if (FD) { 6440 FD->setBody(Body); 6441 if (FD->isMain()) { 6442 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6443 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6444 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6445 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6446 } 6447 6448 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6449 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6450 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6451 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6452 6453 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6454 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6455 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6456 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6457 6458 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6459 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6460 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6461 6462 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6463 } 6464 6465 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6466 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6467 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6468 MD->setBody(Body); 6469 if (Body) 6470 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6471 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6472 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6473 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6474 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6475 } 6476 } else { 6477 return 0; 6478 } 6479 6480 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6481 if (Body) { 6482 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6483 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6484 // Verify this. 6485 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6486 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6487 6488 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6489 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6490 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6491 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6492 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6493 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6494 6495 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6496 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6497 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6498 6499 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6500 Destructor->getParent()); 6501 } 6502 6503 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6504 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6505 // deletion in some later function. 6506 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6507 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6508 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6509 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6510 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6511 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6512 // enabled. 6513 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6514 } 6515 6516 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6517 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6518 } 6519 6520 if (!IsInstantiation) 6521 PopDeclContext(); 6522 6523 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6524 6525 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6526 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6527 // deletion in some later function. 6528 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6529 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6530 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6531 } 6532 6533 return dcl; 6534} 6535 6536/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6537/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6538NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6539 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6540 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6541 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6542 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6543 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6544 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6545 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6546 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6547 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6548 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6549 return Pos->second; 6550 } 6551 6552 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6553 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6554 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6555 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6556 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6557 else 6558 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6559 6560 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6561 const char *Dummy; 6562 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6563 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6564 unsigned DiagID; 6565 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6566 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6567 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6568 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6569 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6570 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6571 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6572 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6573 DS.getAttributes(), 6574 SourceLocation()); 6575 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6576 6577 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6578 6579 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6580 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6581 6582 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6583 FD->setImplicit(); 6584 6585 CurContext = PrevDC; 6586 6587 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6588 6589 return FD; 6590} 6591 6592/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6593/// the declaration of this function. 6594/// 6595/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6596/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6597/// like NSLog or printf. 6598/// 6599/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6600/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6601void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6602 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6603 return; 6604 6605 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6606 // actual attributes. 6607 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6608 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6609 unsigned FormatIdx; 6610 bool HasVAListArg; 6611 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6612 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6613 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6614 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6615 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6616 } 6617 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6618 HasVAListArg)) { 6619 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6620 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6621 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6622 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6623 } 6624 6625 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6626 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6627 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6628 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6629 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6630 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6631 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6632 } 6633 6634 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6635 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6636 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6637 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6638 } 6639 6640 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6641 if (!Name) 6642 return; 6643 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6644 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6645 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6646 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6647 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6648 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6649 // about. 6650 } else 6651 return; 6652 6653 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6654 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6655 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6656 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6657 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6658 } else 6659 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6660 "printf", 1, 6661 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6662 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6663 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6664 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6665 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6666 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6667 "printf", 2, 6668 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6669 } 6670} 6671 6672TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6673 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6674 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6675 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6676 6677 if (!TInfo) { 6678 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6679 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6680 } 6681 6682 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6683 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6684 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6685 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6686 D.getIdentifier(), 6687 TInfo); 6688 6689 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6690 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6691 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6692 return NewTD; 6693 } 6694 6695 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6696 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6697 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6698 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6699 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6700 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6701 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6702 case TST_enum: 6703 case TST_struct: 6704 case TST_union: 6705 case TST_class: { 6706 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6707 6708 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6709 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6710 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6711 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6712 6713 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6714 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6715 6716 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6717 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6718 break; 6719 6720 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6721 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6722 break; 6723 } 6724 6725 default: 6726 break; 6727 } 6728 6729 return NewTD; 6730} 6731 6732 6733/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6734/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6735/// 6736/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6737bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6738 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 6739 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6740 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6741 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6742 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6743 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6744 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6745 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6746 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6747 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6748 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6749 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6750 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6751 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6752 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6753 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6754 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6755 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 6756 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6757 return true; 6758 6759 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6760 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6761 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6762 bool isTemplate = false; 6763 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6764 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6765 6766 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6767 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 6768 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 6769 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6770 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6771 return true; 6772 } 6773 6774 if (isDefinition) { 6775 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 6776 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 6777 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6778 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 6779 return true; 6780 } 6781 6782 bool previousMismatch = false; 6783 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 6784 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 6785 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 6786 if (!previousMismatch) { 6787 previousMismatch = true; 6788 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 6789 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 6790 } 6791 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6792 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6793 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 6794 NewTag == TTK_Class? 6795 "class" : "struct"); 6796 } 6797 } 6798 return true; 6799 } 6800 6801 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 6802 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 6803 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 6804 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 6805 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 6806 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 6807 return true; 6808 } 6809 6810 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6811 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6812 << isTemplate << &Name; 6813 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6814 6815 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 6816 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 6817 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 6818 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 6819 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6820 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6821 } 6822 6823 return true; 6824 } 6825 return false; 6826} 6827 6828/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6829/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6830/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6831/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6832Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6833 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6834 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6835 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6836 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6837 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6838 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6839 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6840 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6841 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6842 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6843 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6844 6845 OwnedDecl = false; 6846 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6847 6848 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6849 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6850 bool Invalid = false; 6851 6852 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6853 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6854 // for non-C++ cases. 6855 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6856 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6857 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6858 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6859 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6860 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6861 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6862 isExplicitSpecialization, 6863 Invalid)) { 6864 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6865 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6866 // be a member of another template). 6867 6868 if (Invalid) 6869 return 0; 6870 6871 OwnedDecl = false; 6872 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6873 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6874 TemplateParams, AS, 6875 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6876 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6877 return Result.get(); 6878 } else { 6879 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6880 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6881 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6882 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6883 } 6884 } 6885 } 6886 6887 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6888 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6889 // redeclaration. 6890 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6891 6892 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6893 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6894 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6895 // type, default to int. 6896 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6897 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6898 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6899 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6900 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6901 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6902 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6903 6904 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6905 6906 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6907 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6908 << T; 6909 // Recover by falling back to int. 6910 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6911 } 6912 6913 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6914 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6915 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6916 6917 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6918 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6919 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6920 } 6921 6922 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6923 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6924 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6925 6926 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6927 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6928 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6929 6930 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6931 6932 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6933 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6934 6935 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6936 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6937 Name = 0; 6938 goto CreateNewDecl; 6939 } 6940 6941 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6942 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6943 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6944 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6945 if (!DC) { 6946 IsDependent = true; 6947 return 0; 6948 } 6949 } else { 6950 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6951 if (!DC) { 6952 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6953 << SS.getRange(); 6954 return 0; 6955 } 6956 } 6957 6958 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6959 return 0; 6960 6961 SearchDC = DC; 6962 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6963 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6964 6965 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6966 return 0; 6967 6968 if (Previous.empty()) { 6969 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6970 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6971 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6972 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6973 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6974 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6975 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6976 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6977 IsDependent = true; 6978 return 0; 6979 } 6980 6981 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6982 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6983 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6984 Name = 0; 6985 Invalid = true; 6986 goto CreateNewDecl; 6987 } 6988 } else if (Name) { 6989 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6990 // declaration or definition. 6991 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6992 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6993 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6994 LookupName(Previous, S); 6995 6996 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 6997 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 6998 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 6999 while (F.hasNext()) { 7000 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7001 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7002 F.erase(); 7003 } 7004 F.done(); 7005 } 7006 7007 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7008 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7009 return 0; 7010 7011 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7012 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7013 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7014 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7015 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7016 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7017 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7018 } 7019 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7020 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7021 // initial context to the translation unit. 7022 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7023 } 7024 7025 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7026 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7027 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7028 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7029 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7030 Previous.clear(); 7031 } 7032 7033 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7034 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7035 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7036 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7037 7038 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7039 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7040 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7041 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7042 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7043 } 7044 } 7045 7046 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7047 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7048 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7049 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7050 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7051 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7052 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7053 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7054 7055 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7056 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7057 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7058 // 7059 // class-key identifier 7060 // 7061 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7062 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7063 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7064 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7065 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7066 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7067 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7068 // declaration. 7069 // 7070 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7071 // C structs and unions. 7072 // 7073 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7074 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7075 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7076 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7077 // 7078 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7079 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7080 // 7081 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7082 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7083 // lexical context, 7084 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7085 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7086 7087 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7088 while (S->isClassScope() || 7089 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7090 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7091 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7092 (S->getEntity() && 7093 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7094 S = S->getParent(); 7095 } else { 7096 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7097 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7098 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7099 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7100 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7101 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7102 } 7103 7104 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7105 // diagnose some problems. 7106 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7107 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7108 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7109 } 7110 } 7111 7112 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7113 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7114 7115 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7116 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7117 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7118 // in C++. 7119 // 7120 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7121 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7122 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7123 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7124 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7125 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7126 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7127 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7128 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7129 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7130 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7131 PrevDecl = Tag; 7132 Previous.clear(); 7133 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7134 Previous.resolveKind(); 7135 } 7136 } 7137 } 7138 } 7139 7140 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7141 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7142 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7143 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7144 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7145 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7146 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7147 // struct or something similar. 7148 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7149 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7150 *Name)) { 7151 bool SafeToContinue 7152 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7153 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7154 if (SafeToContinue) 7155 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7156 << Name 7157 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7158 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7159 else 7160 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7161 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7162 7163 if (SafeToContinue) 7164 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7165 else { 7166 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7167 Name = 0; 7168 Previous.clear(); 7169 Invalid = true; 7170 } 7171 } 7172 7173 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7174 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7175 7176 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7177 // returning the previous declaration. 7178 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7179 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7180 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7181 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7182 return PrevTagDecl; 7183 } 7184 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7185 QualType T; 7186 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7187 T = TI->getType(); 7188 else 7189 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7190 7191 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7192 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7193 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7194 << T 7195 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7196 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7197 return PrevTagDecl; 7198 } 7199 } 7200 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7201 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7202 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7203 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7204 return PrevTagDecl; 7205 } 7206 } 7207 7208 if (!Invalid) { 7209 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7210 7211 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7212 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7213 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7214 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7215 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7216 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7217 return PrevTagDecl; 7218 7219 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7220 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7221 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7222 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7223 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7224 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7225 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7226 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7227 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7228 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7229 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7230 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7231 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7232 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7233 // references get the previous definition. 7234 Name = 0; 7235 Previous.clear(); 7236 Invalid = true; 7237 } 7238 } else { 7239 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7240 // about a nested redefinition. 7241 const TagType *Tag 7242 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7243 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7244 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7245 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7246 diag::note_previous_definition); 7247 Name = 0; 7248 Previous.clear(); 7249 Invalid = true; 7250 } 7251 } 7252 7253 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7254 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7255 } 7256 } 7257 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7258 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7259 7260 } else { 7261 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7262 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7263 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7264 // have distinct types. 7265 Previous.clear(); 7266 } 7267 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7268 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7269 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7270 7271 7272 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7273 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7274 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7275 } else { 7276 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7277 7278 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7279 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7280 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7281 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7282 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7283 unsigned Kind = 0; 7284 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7285 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7286 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7287 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7288 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7289 Invalid = true; 7290 7291 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7292 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7293 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7294 // do nothing 7295 7296 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7297 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7298 unsigned Kind = 0; 7299 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7300 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7301 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7302 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7303 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7304 Invalid = true; 7305 7306 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7307 // case here. 7308 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7309 unsigned Kind = 0; 7310 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7311 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7312 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7313 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7314 Invalid = true; 7315 7316 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7317 } else { 7318 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7319 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7320 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7321 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7322 Name = 0; 7323 Invalid = true; 7324 } 7325 7326 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7327 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7328 Previous.clear(); 7329 } 7330 } 7331 7332CreateNewDecl: 7333 7334 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7335 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7336 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7337 7338 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7339 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7340 // keyword. 7341 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7342 7343 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7344 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7345 // PrevDecl. 7346 TagDecl *New; 7347 7348 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7349 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7350 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7351 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7352 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7353 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7354 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7355 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7356 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7357 TagDecl *Def; 7358 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7359 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7360 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7361 } 7362 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7363 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7364 << New; 7365 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7366 } else { 7367 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7368 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7369 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7370 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7371 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7372 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7373 7374 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7375 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7376 // the declaration context. 7377 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7378 IsForwardReference = true; 7379 } 7380 } 7381 7382 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7383 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7384 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7385 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7386 else 7387 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7388 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7389 } 7390 7391 } else { 7392 // struct/union/class 7393 7394 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7395 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7396 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7397 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7398 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7399 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7400 7401 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7402 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7403 } else 7404 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7405 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7406 } 7407 7408 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7409 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7410 if (SS.isSet()) { 7411 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7412 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7413 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7414 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7415 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7416 } 7417 } 7418 else 7419 Invalid = true; 7420 } 7421 7422 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7423 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7424 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7425 // 7426 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7427 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7428 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7429 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7430 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7431 // parsing of the struct). 7432 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7433 7434 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7435 } 7436 7437 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7438 // check the specialization. 7439 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7440 Invalid = true; 7441 7442 if (Invalid) 7443 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7444 7445 if (Attr) 7446 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7447 7448 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7449 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7450 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7451 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7452 7453 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7454 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7455 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7456 7457 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7458 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7459 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7460 // the tag name visible. 7461 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7462 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7463 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7464 7465 // Set the access specifier. 7466 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7467 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7468 7469 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7470 New->startDefinition(); 7471 7472 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7473 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7474 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7475 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7476 if (PrevDecl) 7477 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7478 7479 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7480 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7481 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7482 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7483 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7484 } else if (Name) { 7485 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7486 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7487 if (IsForwardReference) 7488 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7489 7490 } else { 7491 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7492 } 7493 7494 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7495 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7496 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7497 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7498 II->isStr("FILE")) 7499 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7500 7501 OwnedDecl = true; 7502 return New; 7503} 7504 7505void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7506 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7507 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7508 7509 // Enter the tag context. 7510 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7511} 7512 7513void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7514 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7515 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7516 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7517 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7518 7519 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7520 7521 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7522 return; 7523 7524 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7525 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7526 7527 // C++ [class]p2: 7528 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7529 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7530 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7531 // as if it were a public member name. 7532 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7533 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7534 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7535 Record->getIdentifier(), 7536 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7537 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7538 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7539 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7540 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7541 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7542 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7543 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7544 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7545 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7546} 7547 7548void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7549 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7550 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7551 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7552 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7553 7554 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7555 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7556 7557 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7558 PopDeclContext(); 7559 7560 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7561 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7562} 7563 7564void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7565 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7566 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7567 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7568 7569 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7570 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7571 // the FieldCollector. 7572 7573 PopDeclContext(); 7574} 7575 7576// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7577bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7578 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7579 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7580 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7581 if (ZeroWidth) 7582 *ZeroWidth = true; 7583 7584 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7585 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7586 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7587 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7588 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7589 return true; 7590 if (FieldName) 7591 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7592 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7593 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7594 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7595 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7596 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7597 return true; 7598 7599 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7600 // it now. 7601 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7602 return false; 7603 7604 llvm::APSInt Value; 7605 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7606 return true; 7607 7608 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7609 *ZeroWidth = false; 7610 7611 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7612 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7613 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7614 7615 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7616 if (FieldName) 7617 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7618 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7619 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7620 << Value.toString(10); 7621 } 7622 7623 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7624 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7625 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7626 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7627 if (FieldName) 7628 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7629 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7630 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7631 7632 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7633 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7634 } 7635 7636 if (FieldName) 7637 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7638 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7639 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7640 else 7641 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7642 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7643 } 7644 } 7645 7646 return false; 7647} 7648 7649/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 7650/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7651Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 7652 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7653 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7654 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7655 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 7656 return Res; 7657} 7658 7659/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7660/// 7661FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7662 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7663 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7664 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7665 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7666 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7667 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7668 7669 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7670 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7671 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7672 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7673 7674 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7675 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7676 D.setInvalidType(); 7677 T = Context.IntTy; 7678 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7679 } 7680 } 7681 7682 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7683 7684 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7685 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7686 7687 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7688 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7689 LookupName(Previous, S); 7690 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7691 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7692 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7693 7694 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7695 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7696 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7697 7698 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7699 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7700 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7701 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7702 PrevDecl = 0; 7703 } 7704 7705 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7706 PrevDecl = 0; 7707 7708 bool Mutable 7709 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7710 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7711 FieldDecl *NewFD 7712 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 7713 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7714 7715 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7716 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7717 7718 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7719 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7720 // with the same name in the same scope. 7721 } else if (II) { 7722 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7723 } else 7724 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7725 7726 return NewFD; 7727} 7728 7729/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7730/// 7731/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7732/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7733/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7734/// created. 7735/// 7736/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7737/// 7738/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7739FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7740 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7741 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7742 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7743 SourceLocation TSSL, 7744 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7745 Declarator *D) { 7746 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7747 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7748 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7749 7750 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7751 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7752 if (T.isNull()) { 7753 InvalidDecl = true; 7754 T = Context.IntTy; 7755 } 7756 7757 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7758 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7759 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7760 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7761 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7762 InvalidDecl = true; 7763 } 7764 7765 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7766 // than a variably modified type. 7767 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7768 bool SizeIsNegative; 7769 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7770 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7771 SizeIsNegative, 7772 Oversized); 7773 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7774 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7775 T = FixedTy; 7776 } else { 7777 if (SizeIsNegative) 7778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7779 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7781 << Oversized.toString(10); 7782 else 7783 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7784 InvalidDecl = true; 7785 } 7786 } 7787 7788 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7789 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7790 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7791 AbstractFieldType)) 7792 InvalidDecl = true; 7793 7794 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7795 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7796 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7797 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7798 InvalidDecl = true; 7799 BitWidth = 0; 7800 ZeroWidth = false; 7801 } 7802 7803 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7804 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7805 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7806 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7807 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7808 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7809 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7810 7811 if (DiagID) { 7812 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7813 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7814 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7815 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7816 Mutable = false; 7817 InvalidDecl = true; 7818 } 7819 } 7820 7821 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7822 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 7823 if (InvalidDecl) 7824 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7825 7826 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7827 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7828 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7829 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7830 } 7831 7832 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7833 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7834 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7835 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7836 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7837 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7838 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7839 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7840 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7841 // objects. 7842 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7843 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7844 } 7845 } 7846 7847 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7848 // the program is ill-formed. 7849 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7850 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7851 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7852 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7853 } 7854 } 7855 } 7856 7857 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7858 // representation, not a parser representation. 7859 if (D) 7860 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7861 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7862 7863 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 7864 // retainable type. 7865 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 7866 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7867 7868 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7869 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7870 7871 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7872 return NewFD; 7873} 7874 7875bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7876 assert(FD); 7877 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7878 7879 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7880 return true; 7881 7882 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7883 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7884 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7885 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7886 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7887 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7888 // copy constructors. 7889 7890 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7891 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7892 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7893 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7894 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 7895 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7896 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7897 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7898 member = CXXDestructor; 7899 7900 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7901 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 7902 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 7903 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 7904 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 7905 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 7906 // members unavailable. 7907 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7908 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 7909 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 7910 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 7911 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 7912 return false; 7913 } 7914 } 7915 7916 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7917 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7918 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7919 return true; 7920 } 7921 } 7922 } 7923 7924 return false; 7925} 7926 7927/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7928/// special member, figure out why. 7929void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7930 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7931 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7932 7933 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7934 switch (member) { 7935 case CXXInvalid: 7936 break; 7937 7938 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7939 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7940 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7941 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7942 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7943 ci->hasBody(body); 7944 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7945 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7946 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7947 return; 7948 } 7949 } 7950 7951 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7952 return; 7953 } 7954 break; 7955 7956 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7957 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7958 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7959 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 7960 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7961 return; 7962 } 7963 break; 7964 7965 case CXXMoveConstructor: 7966 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 7967 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 7968 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7969 return; 7970 } 7971 break; 7972 7973 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7974 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7975 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7976 // assignment, not the type. 7977 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7978 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7979 return; 7980 } 7981 break; 7982 7983 case CXXMoveAssignment: 7984 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 7985 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 7986 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7987 return; 7988 } 7989 break; 7990 7991 case CXXDestructor: 7992 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7993 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7994 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7995 return; 7996 } 7997 break; 7998 } 7999 8000 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8001 8002 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8003 // but not trivial destruction. 8004 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8005 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8006 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8007 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8008 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8009 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8010 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8011 return; 8012 } 8013 8014 // Check for virtual methods. 8015 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8016 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8017 ++mi) { 8018 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8019 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8020 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8021 return; 8022 } 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8027 switch (member) { 8028 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8029 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8030 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8031 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8032 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8033 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8034 case CXXDestructor: 8035 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8036 default: 8037 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8038 } 8039 8040 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8041 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8042 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8043 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8044 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8045 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8046 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8047 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8048 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8049 return; 8050 } 8051 } 8052 8053 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8054 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8055 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8056 ++fi) { 8057 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8058 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8059 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8060 8061 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8062 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8063 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8064 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8065 return; 8066 } 8067 } 8068 8069 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8070 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8071 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8072 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8073 break; 8074 8075 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8076 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8077 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8078 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8079 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8080 return; 8081 } 8082 } 8083 } 8084 8085 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8086} 8087 8088/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8089/// AST enum value. 8090static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8091TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8092 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8093 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8094 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8095 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8096 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8097 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8098 } 8099} 8100 8101/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8102/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8103Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8104 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8105 Decl *IntfDecl, 8106 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 8107 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8108 8109 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8110 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8111 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8112 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8113 8114 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8115 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8116 8117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8118 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8119 8120 if (BitWidth) { 8121 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8122 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8123 D.setInvalidType(); 8124 BitWidth = 0; 8125 } 8126 } else { 8127 // Not a bitfield. 8128 8129 // validate II. 8130 8131 } 8132 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8133 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8134 D.setInvalidType(); 8135 } 8136 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8137 // than a variably modified type. 8138 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8139 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8140 D.setInvalidType(); 8141 } 8142 8143 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8144 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8145 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8146 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8147 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8148 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 8149 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8150 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8151 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8152 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8153 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8154 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8155 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8156 } 8157 else 8158 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8159 } else { 8160 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8161 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8162 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8164 return 0; 8165 } 8166 } 8167 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8168 } 8169 8170 // Construct the decl. 8171 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8172 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8173 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8174 8175 if (II) { 8176 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8177 ForRedeclaration); 8178 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8179 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8180 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8181 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8182 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8183 } 8184 } 8185 8186 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8187 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8188 8189 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8190 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8191 8192 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8193 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8194 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8195 8196 if (II) { 8197 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8198 // these to the interface. 8199 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8200 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8201 } 8202 8203 return NewID; 8204} 8205 8206/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8207/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8208/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8209/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8210void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8211 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8212 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8213 return; 8214 8215 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8216 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8217 8218 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8219 return; 8220 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8221 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8222 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8223 return; 8224 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8225 if (!ID) { 8226 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8227 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8228 return; 8229 } 8230 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8231 else 8232 return; 8233 } 8234 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8235 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 8236 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 8237 8238 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 8239 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8240 Context.CharTy, 8241 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 8242 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8243 true); 8244 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8245} 8246 8247void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8248 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8249 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8250 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8251 AttributeList *Attr) { 8252 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8253 8254 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8255 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8256 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8257 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8258 return; 8259 } 8260 8261 8262 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8263 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8264 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8265 8266 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8267 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8268 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8269 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8270 8271 // Get the type for the field. 8272 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8273 8274 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8275 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8276 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8277 } 8278 8279 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8280 // diagnostics about it. 8281 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8282 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8283 continue; 8284 } 8285 8286 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8287 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8288 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8289 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8290 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8291 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8292 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8293 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8294 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8295 // array. 8296 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8297 // Field declared as a function. 8298 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8299 << FD->getDeclName(); 8300 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8301 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8302 continue; 8303 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8304 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8305 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8306 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8307 // Flexible array member. 8308 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8309 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8310 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8311 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8312 if (Record->isUnion()) 8313 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8314 << FD->getDeclName(); 8315 else if (NumFields == 1) 8316 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8317 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8318 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8319 if (Record->isUnion()) 8320 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8321 << FD->getDeclName(); 8322 else if (NumFields == 1) 8323 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8324 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8325 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8326 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8327 << FD->getDeclName(); 8328 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8329 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8330 continue; 8331 } 8332 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8333 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8334 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8335 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8336 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8337 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8338 continue; 8339 } 8340 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8341 if (Record) 8342 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8343 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8344 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8345 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8346 // Incomplete type 8347 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8348 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8349 continue; 8350 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8351 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8352 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8353 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8354 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8355 } else { 8356 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8357 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8358 // structures. 8359 if (i != NumFields-1) 8360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8361 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8362 else { 8363 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8364 // other structs as an extension. 8365 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8366 << FD->getDeclName(); 8367 if (Record) 8368 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8369 } 8370 } 8371 } 8372 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8373 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8374 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8375 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8376 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8377 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8378 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8379 continue; 8380 } 8381 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8382 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8383 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8384 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8385 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8386 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8387 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8388 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8389 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8390 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8391 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8392 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8393 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8394 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8395 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8396 } 8397 } else { 8398 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8399 } 8400 ARCErrReported = true; 8401 } 8402 } 8403 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8404 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8405 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8406 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8407 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8408 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8409 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8410 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8411 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8412 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8413 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8414 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8415 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8416 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8417 } 8418 } 8419 } 8420 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8421 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8422 ++NumNamedMembers; 8423 } 8424 8425 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8426 if (Record) { 8427 bool Completed = false; 8428 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8429 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8430 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8431 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8432 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8433 I != E; ++I) 8434 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8435 8436 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8437 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8438 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8439 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8440 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8441 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8442 // 8443 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8444 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8445 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8446 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8447 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8448 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8449 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8450 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8451 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8452 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8453 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8454 << CXXRecord; 8455 } else { 8456 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8457 // for them is going to be tricky. 8458 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8459 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8460 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8461 << CXXRecord << 0; 8462 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8463 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8464 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8465 << CXXRecord << 1; 8466 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8467 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8468 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8469 << CXXRecord << 2; 8470 } 8471 } 8472 8473 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8474 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8475 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8476 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8477 8478 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8479 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8480 8481 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8482 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8483 // problem now. 8484 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8485 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8486 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8487 8488 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8489 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8490 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8491 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8492 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8493 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8494 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8495 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8496 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8497 continue; 8498 8499 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8500 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8501 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8502 // program is ill-formed. 8503 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8504 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8505 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8506 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8507 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8508 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8509 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8510 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8511 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8512 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8513 8514 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8515 } 8516 } 8517 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8518 Completed = true; 8519 } 8520 } 8521 } 8522 } 8523 8524 if (!Completed) 8525 Record->completeDefinition(); 8526 8527 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8528 // we were missing. 8529 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8530 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8531 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8532 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8533 break; 8534 8535 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8536 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8537 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8538 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8539 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8540 } 8541 8542 } else { 8543 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8544 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8545 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8546 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8547 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8548 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8549 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8550 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8551 } 8552 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8553 // duplicates. 8554 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8555 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8556 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8557 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8558 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8559 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8560 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8561 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8562 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8563 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8564 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8565 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8566 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8567 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8568 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8569 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8570 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8571 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8572 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8573 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8574 } 8575 } 8576 } 8577 8578 if (Attr) 8579 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8580 8581 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8582 // set the visibility of this record. 8583 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8584 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8585} 8586 8587/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8588/// the given type T. 8589static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8590 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8591 QualType T) { 8592 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8593 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8594 8595 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8596 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8597 --BitWidth; 8598 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8599 } 8600 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8601} 8602 8603// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8604// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8605static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8606 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8607 // enum checking below. 8608 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8609 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8610 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8611 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8612 }; 8613 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8614 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8615 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8616 }; 8617 8618 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8619 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8620 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8621 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8622 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8623 return Types[I]; 8624 8625 return QualType(); 8626} 8627 8628EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8629 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8630 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8631 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8632 Expr *Val) { 8633 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8634 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8635 QualType EltTy; 8636 8637 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8638 Val = 0; 8639 8640 if (Val) { 8641 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8642 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8643 else { 8644 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8645 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8646 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8647 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8648 Val = 0; 8649 } else { 8650 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8651 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8652 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8653 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8654 // representable as an int. 8655 8656 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8657 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8658 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8659 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8660 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8661 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8662 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8663 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8664 } 8665 } 8666 8667 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8668 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8669 8670 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8671 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8672 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8673 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8674 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8675 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8676 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8677 } else 8678 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8679 << EltTy; 8680 } else 8681 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8682 } 8683 else { 8684 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8685 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8686 // is the type of its initializing value: 8687 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8688 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8689 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8690 } 8691 } 8692 } 8693 } 8694 8695 if (!Val) { 8696 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8697 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8698 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8699 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8700 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8701 // is the type of its initializing value: 8702 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8703 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8704 // 8705 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8706 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8707 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8708 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8709 } 8710 else { 8711 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8712 } 8713 } else { 8714 // Assign the last value + 1. 8715 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8716 ++EnumVal; 8717 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8718 8719 // Check for overflow on increment. 8720 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8721 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8722 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8723 // is the type of its initializing value: 8724 // 8725 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8726 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8727 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8728 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8729 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8730 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8731 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8732 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8733 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8734 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8735 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8736 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8737 ++EnumVal; 8738 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8739 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8740 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8741 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8742 << EltTy; 8743 else 8744 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8745 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8746 } else { 8747 EltTy = T; 8748 } 8749 8750 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8751 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8752 // value, then increment. 8753 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8754 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8755 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8756 ++EnumVal; 8757 8758 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8759 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8760 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8761 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8762 // integral type. 8763 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8764 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8765 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8766 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8767 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8768 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8769 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8770 } 8771 } 8772 } 8773 8774 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8775 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8776 // enumerator's type. 8777 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8778 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 8779 } 8780 8781 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8782 Val, EnumVal); 8783} 8784 8785 8786Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8787 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8788 AttributeList *Attr, 8789 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8790 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8791 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8792 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8793 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8794 8795 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8796 // we find one that is. 8797 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8798 8799 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8800 // scope. 8801 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8802 ForRedeclaration); 8803 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8804 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8805 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8806 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8807 PrevDecl = 0; 8808 } 8809 8810 if (PrevDecl) { 8811 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8812 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8813 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8814 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8815 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8816 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8817 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8818 else 8819 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8820 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8821 return 0; 8822 } 8823 } 8824 8825 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8826 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8827 // name different from T: 8828 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8829 // type 8830 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8831 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8832 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8833 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8834 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8835 8836 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8837 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8838 8839 if (New) { 8840 // Process attributes. 8841 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8842 8843 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8844 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8845 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8846 } 8847 8848 return New; 8849} 8850 8851void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8852 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8853 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8854 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8855 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8856 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8857 8858 if (Attr) 8859 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8860 8861 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8862 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8863 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8864 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8865 if (!ECD) continue; 8866 8867 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8868 } 8869 8870 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8871 return; 8872 } 8873 8874 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8875 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8876 // emit a warning. 8877 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8878 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8879 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8880 8881 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8882 // reverse the list. 8883 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8884 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8885 8886 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8887 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8888 8889 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8890 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8891 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8892 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8893 8894 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8895 8896 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8897 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8898 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8899 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8900 else 8901 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8902 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8903 8904 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8905 if (AllElementsInt) 8906 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8907 } 8908 8909 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8910 QualType BestType; 8911 unsigned BestWidth; 8912 8913 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8914 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8915 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8916 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8917 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8918 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8919 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8920 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8921 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8922 QualType BestPromotionType; 8923 8924 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8925 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8926 // enum definitions. 8927 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8928 Packed = true; 8929 8930 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8931 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8932 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8933 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8934 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8935 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8936 } 8937 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8938 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8939 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8940 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8941 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8942 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8943 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8944 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8945 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8946 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8947 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8948 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8949 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8950 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8951 } else { 8952 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8953 8954 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8955 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8956 } else { 8957 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8958 8959 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8960 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8961 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8962 } 8963 } 8964 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8965 } else { 8966 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8967 // all of the enumerator values. 8968 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8969 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8970 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8971 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8972 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8973 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8974 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8975 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8976 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8977 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8978 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8979 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8980 BestPromotionType 8981 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8982 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8983 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8984 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8985 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8986 BestPromotionType 8987 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8988 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8989 } else { 8990 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8991 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8992 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8993 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8994 BestPromotionType 8995 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8996 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8997 } 8998 } 8999 9000 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9001 // the type of the enum if needed. 9002 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9003 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9004 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9005 9006 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9007 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9008 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9009 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9010 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9011 9012 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9013 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9014 9015 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9016 // the enum decl type. 9017 QualType NewTy; 9018 unsigned NewWidth; 9019 bool NewSign; 9020 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9021 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9022 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9023 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9024 NewSign = true; 9025 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9026 // Already the right type! 9027 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9028 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9029 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9030 // enumeration. 9031 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9032 continue; 9033 } else { 9034 NewTy = BestType; 9035 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9036 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9037 } 9038 9039 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9040 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9041 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9042 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9043 9044 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9045 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9046 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9047 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9048 CK_IntegralCast, 9049 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9050 /*base paths*/ 0, 9051 VK_RValue)); 9052 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9053 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9054 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9055 // enumeration. 9056 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9057 else 9058 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9059 } 9060 9061 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9062 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9063} 9064 9065Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9066 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9067 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9068 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9069 9070 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9071 AsmString, StartLoc, 9072 EndLoc); 9073 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9074 return New; 9075} 9076 9077void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9078 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9079 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9080 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9081 9082 if (PrevDecl) { 9083 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9084 } else { 9085 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9086 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9087 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9088 } 9089} 9090 9091void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9092 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9093 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9094 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9095 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9096 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9097 LookupOrdinaryName); 9098 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9099 9100 if (PrevDecl) { 9101 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9102 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9103 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9104 } else { 9105 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9106 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9107 } 9108} 9109